80_FR_71923 80 FR 71702 - Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone Operations

80 FR 71702 - Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone Operations

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

Federal Register Volume 80, Issue 221 (November 17, 2015)

Page Range71702-71731
FR Document2015-28778

In this document, the Commission takes several steps to accommodate the long-term needs of wireless microphone users. Wireless microphones play an important role in enabling broadcasters and other video programming networks to serve consumers, including as they cover breaking news and live sports events. They enhance event productions in a variety of settings--including theaters and music venues, film studios, conventions, corporate events, houses of worship, and internet webcasts. They also help create high quality content that consumers demand and value. In particular, the Commission provides additional opportunities for wireless microphone operations in the TV bands following the upcoming incentive auction, and provides new opportunities for wireless microphone operations to access spectrum in other frequency bands where they can share use of the bands without harming existing users.

Federal Register, Volume 80 Issue 221 (Tuesday, November 17, 2015)
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 221 (Tuesday, November 17, 2015)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 71702-71731]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2015-28778]


=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

47 CFR Parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90

[GN Docket Nos. 14-166 and 12-268; FCC 15-100]


Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone Operations

AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: In this document, the Commission takes several steps to 
accommodate the long-term needs of wireless microphone users. Wireless 
microphones play an important role in enabling broadcasters and other 
video programming networks to serve consumers, including as they cover 
breaking news and live sports events. They enhance event productions in 
a variety of settings--including theaters and music venues, film 
studios, conventions, corporate events, houses of worship, and internet 
webcasts. They also help create high quality content that consumers 
demand and value. In particular, the Commission provides additional 
opportunities for wireless microphone operations in the TV bands 
following the upcoming incentive auction, and provides new 
opportunities for wireless microphone operations to access spectrum in 
other frequency bands where they can share use of the bands without 
harming existing users.

DATES: Effective December 17, 2015, except for the amendments to 
Sec. Sec.  15.37(k) and 74.851(l), which contain new or modified 
information collection requirements that require approval by the OMB 
under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). The Commission will publish a 
document in the Federal Register announcing the effective date of the 
amendments when OMB approves. The incorporation by reference listed in 
the rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of 
December 17, 2015.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Paul Murray, Office of Engineering and 
Technology, (202) 418-0688, email: Paul.Murray@fcc.gov, TTY (202) 418-
2989.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Report 
and Order (R&O), FCC 15-100, adopted August 5, 2015, and released 
August 11, 2015. The full text of this document is available for 
inspection and copying during normal business hours in the FCC 
Reference Center (Room CY-A257), 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 
20554. The full text may also be downloaded at: www.fcc.gov. People 
with Disabilities: To request materials in accessible formats for 
people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic files, audio 
format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the Consumer & 
Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-418-0432 
(tty).

Summary of Report and Order

    1. The repurposing of broadcast television band spectrum for 
wireless services set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, 79 FR 48441, 
August 15, 2014, will significantly alter the regulatory environment in 
which wireless microphones operate. Currently, wireless microphone 
users rely heavily on access to unused channels in the television 
bands. Following the incentive auction, with the repacking of the 
television band and the repurposing of current television spectrum for 
wireless services, there will be fewer frequencies in the UHF band 
available for use for wireless microphone operations. The Commission 
took several steps in the Incentive Auction R&O to accommodate wireless 
microphone operations--including providing more opportunities to access 
spectrum on the channels that will remain allocated for television 
post-auction and making the 600 MHz Band guard bands available for 
wireless microphone operations--while also recognizing that the 
reduction of total available UHF band spectrum will require many 
wireless microphone users to make adjustments over the next few years 
regarding the spectrum that they access and the equipment they use. To 
facilitate wireless microphone users' ability to make these 
adjustments, the Commission provided that users could

[[Page 71703]]

continue to access spectrum repurposed for wireless services during the 
post-auction transition period, under specified conditions, as they 
transition affected services to alternative spectrum.
    2. This proceeding was initiated to explore steps to address 
wireless microphone users' longer term needs. The actions the 
Commission is taking in this R&O make additional spectrum resources 
available to accommodate wireless microphones users' needs over the 
long term. The Commission's goal is to enable the development of a 
suite of devices that operate in different bands and can meet wireless 
microphone users' various needs while efficiently sharing the spectrum 
with other users.

I. Background

    3. In this proceeding the Commission uses the term ``wireless 
microphones'' to reference wireless microphones and other related 
wireless audio devices. The Commission has authorized wireless 
microphone operations in different spectrum bands to accommodate the 
growing use of these devices by different users. The technical and 
operational rules for wireless microphone operations in these different 
bands have varied, depending on the band, and generally are designed to 
enable wireless microphone users to operate in shared bands along with 
other users.

A. Wireless Microphone Operations

    4. Under current rules, the Commission has authorized wireless 
microphones to operate both on a licensed basis, limited to specified 
users, and on an unlicensed basis. The table below sets forth the bands 
in which wireless microphones and related audio devices generally 
operate today pursuant to the Commission's rules.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Frequency band                 Licensed/unlicensed                       Rule part
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26.1-26.48 MHz (VHF)..................  Licensed.................  Part 74.
161.625-161.775 MHz (VHF).............  Licensed.................  Part 74.
Portions of 169-172 MHz band (VHF)....  Licensed.................  Part 90.
88-108 MHz (FM).......................  Unlicensed...............  Part 15.
450-451, 455-456 MHz (UHF)............  Licensed.................  Part 74.
54-72, 76-88, 174-216, 470-608, 614-    Licensed and unlicensed..  Part 74 and Part 15 (waiver).
 698 MHz (VHF and UHF).
944-952 MHz (UHF).....................  Licensed.................  Part 74.
902-928 MHz, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz (ISM        Unlicensed...............  Part 15.
 bands).
1920-1930 MHz (unlicensed PCS)........  Unlicensed...............  Part 15.
Ultra-wideband (3.1-10.6 GHz).........  Unlicensed...............  Part 15.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    5. Recent actions affecting operations in the TV bands. Most 
wireless microphones users today operate their devices on a secondary 
basis in the TV bands, with most operations occurring in the UHF TV 
bands. Recent actions taken by the Commission in three proceedings 
affecting the TV bands spectrum--which have involved the repurposing of 
UHF TV band spectrum for wireless services in the 700 MHz band 
(channels 52-69, the 698-806 MHz band), the development of rules for TV 
white space devices in the TV bands, and the repurposing of the 600 MHz 
Band following the upcoming incentive auction--have affected and will 
affect the future availability of spectrum for wireless microphone 
users and uses in these bands. These proceedings inform the instant 
proceeding, providing the backdrop for many of the issues the 
Commission is addressing in its efforts here to accommodate wireless 
microphone users and uses both in the near and longer term.
    6. In the Incentive Auction R&O (GN Docket No. 12-268) adopted in 
May 2014, the Commission adopted rules to implement the broadcast 
television spectrum incentive auction, which will involve reorganizing 
the existing television band and repurposing a portion of the UHF 
television band for new wireless broadband services, and which will 
affect wireless microphone operations across the current TV bands. As 
part of its decision, the Commission took several actions to 
accommodate wireless microphone operations, including making rule 
revisions to provide additional opportunities for wireless microphone 
operations in the bands that will remain allocated for television 
following the incentive auction, permitting wireless microphone 
operations in the newly-designated 600 MHz Band guard bands, and 
providing for a transition period to give wireless microphone users 
that will need to cease operating in the spectrum repurposed for 600 
MHz Band wireless services sufficient time to replace their equipment 
and move operations to other spectrum bands available for wireless 
microphone uses.
    7. Finally, concurrent with adoption of the Incentive Auction R&O, 
the Commission adopted the TV Bands Wireless Microphones Second R&O, 79 
FR 40680, July 14, 2014, (part of WT Dockets 08-166 and 08-167, ET 
Docket No. 10-24) to broaden the eligibility for wireless microphone 
operations in the TV bands to include entities that regularly utilize a 
substantial number of wireless microphones for large events and 
productions and which have the same needs for interference protection 
as existing low power auxiliary station (LPAS) licensees. Specifically, 
the Commission expanded part 74 LPAS eligibility to include qualifying 
professional sound companies and operators of large venues that 
routinely use 50 or more wireless microphones.

B. Wireless Microphones NPRM

    8. In the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), 79 FR 69387, 
November 21, 2014 in this proceeding, the Commission examined wireless 
microphone users' needs and technologies that can address them, and 
sought broad comment on a variety of existing and new spectrum bands 
that might accommodate those needs in the future. It presented an 
overview of current wireless microphone operations, and observed that 
most wireless microphone operations today occurred in the TV bands. It 
also generally discussed wireless microphone operations in other bands, 
both on a licensed and an unlicensed basis. It discussed the many 
different types of users and uses (e.g., broadcasters, major sports 
leagues and theater/entertainment venues, houses of worship, conference 
centers, corporations, schools, etc.), different types of wireless 
microphones serving specific needs and applications (from extremely 
sophisticated, high fidelity microphones used in a professional 
setting, to microphones that do not require the same level of audio 
quality or performance to meet particular needs), and varying 
operational environments (both outdoor and indoor). It also noted that 
there had been many technological advances in

[[Page 71704]]

recent years, and that many operations were being migrated to bands 
outside of the TV bands, including in bands available for unlicensed 
operations. Given that wireless microphones serve the needs of diverse 
users for different types of applications, and make use of several 
different frequency bands, it sought to develop a full record and 
framework for how best to accommodate these needs in the near and over 
the long term. In response to the NPRM, the Commission received nearly 
90 comments and 17 reply comments.

II. Discussion

    9. In this Order, the Commission takes several actions to 
accommodate wireless microphone users' needs in the coming years. Many 
types of users employ wireless microphones in a variety of settings. 
Wireless microphone operations range from professional uses, with the 
need for numerous high-performance microphones along with other 
microphones, to an individual consumer's use of a handheld microphone 
at a conference or in a karaoke bar. Through these actions, the 
Commission seeks to enable wireless microphone users to have access to 
a suite of devices that operate effectively and efficiently in 
different spectrum bands and can address their respective needs.
    10. As discussed below, the Commission adopts several changes in 
its rules for operations in the TV bands, where most wireless 
microphone operations occur today. With respect to the TV bands, the 
Commission revises its rules to provide more opportunities to access 
spectrum by allowing greater use of the VHF channels and more co-
channel operations without the need for coordination where use would 
not cause harmful interference to TV service. It also expands 
eligibility for the licensed use of the duplex gap to all entities now 
eligible to hold LPAS licenses for using TV band spectrum. The 
Commission also will require new wireless microphones operating in the 
TV bands and certain other bands to meet the more efficient analog and 
digital European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) 
standards, which will ensure more efficient use of the spectrum. In 
addition, the Commission addresses consumer education and outreach 
efforts that can help consumers transition out of the TV band spectrum 
that is repurposed for wireless services, and equipment certification 
procedures that will apply to wireless microphones in the future. The 
Commission also takes several additional actions with respect to other 
spectrum bands currently available for wireless microphone operations 
to enable greater use of these bands to accommodate wireless microphone 
uses in the future. Specifically, it adopts revisions to provide new 
opportunities for such use in the 169-172 MHz band and the 944-952 MHz 
band. Finally, the Commission opens up portions of three other sets of 
spectrum bands--the 941-944 MHz and 952-960 MHz bands (on each side of 
the 944-952 MHz band), the 1435-1525 MHz band, and the 6875-7125 MHz 
band--for sharing with licensed wireless microphone operations under 
specified conditions.

A. Promoting Technological Advances

    11. In the NPRM, the Commission inquired about advances in the 
state of analog and digital wireless microphone technologies and the 
extent to which these technologies could be made more efficient for 
different types of operations, thereby increasing the number of 
microphones that could access a given amount of spectrum. In 
particular, the Commission asked whether it should adopt more 
spectrally efficient analog and digital emission masks for operations 
in certain bands. It also sought comment on other technological 
advances that could promote more opportunities for accommodating 
wireless microphone operations in different bands over the long term--
including development of equipment with replaceable components, 
expanding the tunability of equipment within bands, the development of 
multi-band equipment, the use of databases, or the use of electronic 
keys or similar mechanisms.
    12. Wireless microphone manufacturers assert that significant steps 
have already been taken to make for more efficient use of available 
spectrum, including the increasing use of newer digital technologies 
that can greatly expand the number of microphones on a TV channel for 
many types of applications that do not require the highest sound 
fidelity. Several also state that more devices are increasingly being 
designed for operations in bands outside of the TV bands, including in 
bands permitting unlicensed operations, and that these new devices can 
efficiently and effectively accommodate many wireless microphone users' 
needs. Wireless microphone manufacturers generally asserted that 
adopting rules that require specific features (e.g., modular 
components, use of multi-band equipment, requirement for database 
connectivity, or use of electronic keys) are unnecessary and could 
impair design features and add costs and complexities.
    13. While many wireless microphone manufacturers explain that they 
are already committed to harnessing technological advances in this 
area, the Commission reiterates the importance of improved spectral 
efficiency, spectrum sharing, and flexibility. It expects wireless 
microphone manufacturers to continue to take advantage of technological 
advances to promote more efficient use of spectrum available for 
wireless microphone operations. To further promote efficient use, the 
Commission also is taking the step of adopting the more efficient ETSI 
standards for wireless microphones in several bands, as discussed 
below. The Commission also anticipates that future technological 
advances will enable wireless microphones to more effectively share the 
available spectrum resource, and require use of certain technological 
advances to protect incumbent operation when authorizing wireless 
microphone users to access the 1435-1525 MHz band spectrum in the 
future.

B. Operations in Specific Bands

    14. In the sections below, the Commission addresses the actions 
that it is taking in this R&O with respect to wireless microphone 
operations in different spectrum bands. The Commission discusses each 
of the bands on which it sought comment in the NPRM, and its decisions 
regarding these bands and any revisions that it is adopting.
1. VHF/UHF Television Bands
a. Background
    15. The Commission's current part 74, subpart H rules authorize 
operations of wireless microphones and other LPAS on a licensed basis 
in the bands allocated for TV broadcasting (Channels 2-51, except 
channel 37). These LPAS devices are intended to transmit over distances 
of approximately 100 meters. In addition to wireless microphones, these 
LPAS devices include such uses as cue and control communications and 
synchronization of TV camera signals. The Commission's rules permit 
licensed LPAS operations on a secondary, non-exclusive basis. Entities 
eligible to hold these LPAS licenses include broadcasters, television 
producers, cable producers, motion picture producers, and qualifying 
professional sound companies and operators of large venues. Since 2010, 
the Commission also has permitted unlicensed operations of wireless 
microphones in the core television bands (channels 2-51, except channel 
37) pursuant to a limited waiver and certain part 15 rules

[[Page 71705]]

until such time as final rules for unlicensed operations under part 15 
are adopted.
    16. Under the part 74 LPAS rules, licensed wireless microphones are 
permitted to operate with a maximum bandwidth of 200 kHz (made up of 
one or more 25 kHz segments). In the VHF band (channels 2-13, which 
include the 54-72 MHz, 76-88 MHz, and 174-216 MHz frequencies) power 
levels are limited to 50 mW, whereas in the UHF band (channels 14-51, 
except channel 37, which include the 470-608 MHz and 614-698 MHz 
frequencies), power levels can range up to 250 mW. The power levels for 
unlicensed wireless microphone operations pursuant to waiver, however, 
are limited to no more than 50 mW throughout the TV bands (both VHF and 
UHF). Licensed and unlicensed wireless microphones may operate co-
channel with television stations at locations that are separated from 
television stations by at least 4 kilometers from their protected 
contours. In addition, licensed LPAS users may operate on a co-channel 
basis even closer to television stations provided that such operations 
have been coordinated with affected broadcasters.
    17. The particular television channels available for wireless 
microphone operations will vary depending on the specific location. In 
many instances these channels also are available for use by unlicensed 
white space devices. The Commission currently designates the two unused 
television channels (where available) nearest channel 37 (above and 
below) for wireless microphone uses, prohibiting white space devices on 
those channels. As discussed in the Incentive Auction R&O, following 
the incentive auction, these two channels will no longer be designated 
exclusively for wireless microphones following the repacking of the TV 
bands. On channels where both wireless microphones and white space 
devices may operate, licensed LPAS operators--including the newly 
eligible professional sound companies and venue licensees--will be able 
to register to obtain protection from interference from white space 
devices by reserving channel(s), on an as-needed basis, at specified 
locations and times of operation in the broadcast TV bands databases. 
In addition, under existing rules certain qualifying unlicensed 
wireless microphone operators can obtain interference protection from 
unlicensed white space devices at specified times by registering with 
the Commission, enabling them to have their operations included within 
the broadcast TV bands databases. The Commission also indicated that it 
would be taking steps in the Part 15 proceeding to make improvements to 
the registration system in the TV bands databases to enable more timely 
and effective reservation of channels that would be protected from 
unlicensed white space device operations.
    18. As set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, the current VHF/UHF 
television bands (channels 2-51, except channel 37) will be reorganized 
following the upcoming incentive auction. As a result of this auction, 
the amount of spectrum allocated for television services will be 
reduced and repacked, some of the current TV bands spectrum will be 
designated for 600 MHz Band guard bands (including the duplex gap), and 
other TV bands spectrum will be repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless 
services. As discussed below, these revisions will affect wireless 
microphone operations, which currently operate throughout in existing 
TV bands, in several ways. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment 
on wireless microphone operations with respect to each of these bands--
the TV bands, the 600 MHz Band guard bands, and the 600 MHz Band being 
repurposed for wireless services.
b. Discussion
    19. In this section, the Commission sets forth part 74 rule 
revisions to accommodate licensed wireless microphone (and other LPAS) 
operations in the VHF and UHF spectrum in the repacked TV bands that 
will continue to be available for TV broadcast services following the 
incentive auction. The Commission is not addressing in this proceeding 
certain issues relating to wireless microphone operations in the TV 
bands and in the repurposed 600 MHz Band since these matters are being 
addressed instead in the part 15 proceeding. In particular, it does not 
here address the rules for unlicensed wireless microphone operations in 
the TV bands and the repurposed 600 MHz Band, which are addressed as 
part of the Part 15 Report and Order (FCC 15-99, ET Docket No. 14-165, 
adopted August 6, 2015 and released August 11, 2015). Similarly, it 
does not address in this proceeding the technical rules for operations 
of unlicensed wireless microphones in the guard bands, including the 
duplex gap. Nor does it address here the technical rules for licensed 
wireless microphone operations in the duplex gap, since the technical 
issues relating to their operations are intertwined with the technical 
issues concerning unlicensed operations in the duplex gap and 
protection of licensed operations outside of the duplex gap. Finally, 
the Commission addresses revisions pertaining to the white spaces 
databases in the Part 15 Report and Order.
(i) TV Bands
(a) VHF Band Revisions
    20. Under the existing technical rules for LPAS operations under 
part 74, licensed wireless microphone users that operate on a secondary 
basis in the VHF band (channels 2-13) operate generally under the same 
technical rules as for operations in the UHF bands. However, with 
respect to power levels, VHF band operations are restricted to no more 
than 50 mW, well below the 250 mW levels permitted for operations in 
the UHF bands.
    21. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on the potential for 
expanding use of VHF television channel spectrum for wireless 
microphone operations. In particular, it asked whether it should revise 
the power limits for LPAS operations in the VHF band to conform to 
those applicable for LPAS devices in the UHF television band. The 
Commission asked whether allowing higher power limits would raise 
concerns regarding potential interference to TV stations operating in 
the VHF bands or the wireless video assist devices that operate in the 
upper VHF band. It also sought comment on the minimum co-channel 
separation distance, and whether that distance would need to be 
increased. In addition, it invited comment on other rule revisions that 
would facilitate more use of this spectrum.
    22. The Commission is revising its rules to provide more 
opportunities for licensed wireless microphone use of these VHF 
channels. While the Commission is not permitting power levels of up to 
250 mW conducted power, it is revising the rules that currently measure 
the 50 mW limit in terms of conducted power, to specify the 50 mW limit 
in terms of effective or equivalent isotropically radiated power 
(EIRP), as suggested by Shure in its comments. Several reasons inform 
this approach. As noted by Shure, specifying the power levels in terms 
of EIRP instead of conducted power will be particularly beneficial to 
wireless microphone users in the VHF band, where the efficiency of 
antennas is lower due to the longer radio wavelengths. This approach 
will allow manufacturers to adjust the conducted power output of a 
device to compensate for low antenna efficiency, thus helping address 
wireless microphone operators' interest in making greater use of this

[[Page 71706]]

spectrum without the need for a larger antenna. By revising the rules 
to specify the current 50 mW power limits in terms of EIRP, the 
Commission addresses the Consumer Electronic Association's concerns 
that wireless microphone operations do not increase the potential for 
interference to TV broadcasts. This revision represents a balance in 
addressing the concerns raised, and will increase the performance and 
usability of wireless microphones operating on this VHF spectrum 
without significantly increasing the risk of interference to TV. 
Specifying the power limit in terms of EIRP also ensures uniformity in 
the maximum radiated power for wireless microphone operations (licensed 
and unlicensed) in the VHF band. The change the Commission is making 
does not necessitate any increase in the four kilometer separation 
distance between wireless microphones and co-channel TV contours since 
the Commission is not allowing any higher EIRP than it assumed in 
establishing this distance. The Commission will accept applications to 
certify LPAS devices under this rule as soon as that rule becomes 
effective, and it will require applications to certify under this 
revised rule nine months following release of the Commission's 
(Forthcoming Channel Reassignment PN) to conform the date with related 
certification requirements the Commission is adopting.
(b) Licensed Co-Channel Operations Closer Than Specified Separation 
Distances
    23. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission permitted licensed 
wireless microphone users to operate closer to television stations than 
permitted under the revised separation distances (i.e., no closer than 
4 kilometers from the outside of the digital television contours) 
provided that they coordinated their operations with affected 
broadcasters. The Commission noted, however, that several commenters 
had proposed to permit wireless microphone operations on a co-channel 
basis without requiring coordination, such as in locations where the TV 
signal falls below specified threshold, where the microphones are 
shielded from the TV signals due to building attenuation, or where no 
over-the-air television receivers are in operation.
    24. In the NPRM, the Commission sought to develop a more extensive 
record on whether to permit licensed wireless microphone operations on 
a co-channel basis closer than the generally applicable separation 
distances set forth in its rules, without the need for coordination, 
noting its goal to provide more opportunities for licensed wireless 
microphone operations in the spectrum that will continue to be 
allocated for television services to the extent such operations would 
not cause harmful interference to TV operations. In particular, the 
Commission proposed to allow LPAS licensees to operate co-channel with 
television closer to the television station than provided by the 
separation distance rules in locations in which the co-channel TV 
signal is below a specified threshold. It sought comment on the 
suitable TV signal threshold, and whether other safeguards would ensure 
that licensed wireless microphone operators do not otherwise cause 
harmful interference to TV reception. It limited this proposal to 
licensed wireless microphone users, whom the Commission would expect to 
have the requisite wireless microphone systems, as well as technical 
and operational abilities, to be able to determine the level of the co-
channel TV signals at a given location, and thus would be able to 
comply with such a threshold. The Commission also asked whether it 
should require licensed wireless microphone users to register their co-
channel operations in the TV bands databases to provide information to 
any television licensee concerned about possible harmful interference. 
As an alternative, it sought comment on whether to permit co-channel 
licensed wireless microphone operations in indoor venues, such as in 
theaters or music auditoriums. It also invited comment on other 
approaches.
    25. The Commission will permit closer co-channel operations by 
licensed wireless microphone operators on any TV channel where the TV 
signal falls below a threshold of -84 dBm over the entire TV channel, 
provided certain conditions are met. Such operations will be limited to 
systems operating at an indoor location, and not in an itinerant 
fashion where the signal threshold could be ever-changing, and the 
location is not being used for over-the-air television viewing. The 
Commission also requires that the licensed operators have the requisite 
wireless microphone systems for determining the threshold at the 
location, as well as the professional qualifications for evaluating the 
signals, and that the signals be measured where the wireless 
microphones would be operated at the location, and must be scanned 
across the full six-megahertz TV channel; to the extent directional 
antennas are employed, they must be rotated to the place of the maximum 
signal at the location. The Commission believes this approach for 
licensed wireless microphone operations is reasonable for several 
reasons. As Sennheiser points out in its comments, the signals would 
exceed the threshold of visibility under the Advanced Television 
Systems Committee guidelines. The location of operations is indoors and 
contained, and wireless microphone signals do not generally transmit 
beyond very limited distances (e.g., generally ranging between 100-300 
feet) at low levels. In addition, the Commission expects that there 
would be significant attenuation of the wireless microphone signal, 
both around the microphone (e.g., loss because it is hand-held, or 
because of body loss) and as a result of building and other 
attenuation, thus further reducing the likelihood of harming TV viewers 
outside of the location.
(c) Adoption of ETSI Emission Mask Standards for Analog and Digital 
Wireless Microphones
    26. The technical rules applicable to part 74 LPAS devices 
operations in the TV bands set forth specified out-of-band emission 
mask requirements for wireless microphones, regardless of whether the 
device is analog or digital. These rules have not been revised since 
1987.
    27. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed revising the emission 
masks applicable to wireless microphones and LPAS devices, with respect 
to both analog and digital wireless microphones, to comply with the 
applicable ETSI standards for analog and digital wireless microphones 
that operate over 200 kHz channels. Specifically, it proposed to 
require that emissions from analog and digital unlicensed wireless 
microphones comply with the emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 
300 422-1, Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters 
(ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; 
Part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of measurement. Because 
the ETSI emission masks are defined only over a frequency range of plus 
or minus one megahertz from the wireless microphone carrier frequency, 
the Commission sought comment on the emission limits that should apply 
outside of this frequency range. In addition to the ETSI standards, or 
as an alternative, it inquired whether there are other technical 
standards that it should adopt to promote more efficient use of the 
spectrum available for wireless microphone operations in the TV bands. 
Finally, it asked that, if it were to decide to adopt revised 
standards, how quickly

[[Page 71707]]

it should require new devices to comply with the new standards.
    28. To promote more efficient use of the limited TV band spectrum 
available for wireless microphones, the Commission is adopting the ETSI 
standard emission masks for LPAS devices used by wireless microphone 
licensees under its part 74 rules. Specifically, it will require that 
emissions from analog and digital unlicensed wireless microphones 
comply with the emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1 
v1.4.2 (2011-08), Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum 
Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency 
range; Part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of measurement. 
Requiring wireless microphones to meet these tighter emission 
requirements will protect authorized services in adjacent bands from 
harmful interference, and will improve spectrum sharing by wireless 
microphones. Outside of the frequency range where the ETSI masks are 
defined (one megahertz above and below the wireless microphone carrier 
frequency), the Commission will require that emissions comply with same 
limit as the edge of the ETSI masks, specifically, 90 dB below the 
level of the unmodulated carrier. The Commission is incorporating the 
emission mask requirements set forth in ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-
08) into the Part 74 Subpart H LPAS rules by reference and adding it to 
the list of measurement procedures in section 74.861. The Commission is 
not persuaded by Lectrosonics' comments that existence of its legacy 
unlicensed wireless microphones that would not be compliant with the 
new standard should prevent the Commission from establishing a more 
efficient standard for wireless microphone devices going forward. The 
Commission will require the LPAS devices to comply with this standard 
no later than nine months following release of the Channel Reassignment 
PN.
(d) Other TV Bands Revisions
    29. In the NPRM, the Commission also sought comment generally on 
whether it should adopt any other rule revisions for operations of 
wireless microphones in the TV bands spectrum that would facilitate 
more effective and efficient operations in these bands. It asked that 
commenters provide detailed information on reasons for the proposed 
changes as well as the types of specific rules that they advocate.
    30. The Commission concludes that extending the existing waiver of 
its rules to permit nuclear power plants the continued use of spectrum 
in the core TV bands would serve the public interest. Consequently, the 
Commission hereby grants a permanent waiver of its rules to allow the 
continued use of wireless headsets at nuclear power plants, under the 
same conditions as the current waiver, in the spectrum that will 
continue to be allocated for television following the incentive 
auction. In addition, this waiver will permit nuclear power plants to 
continue to access the spectrum repurposed for 600 MHz wireless service 
during the transition period, but no later, provided that they meet the 
conditions for secondary operations in this band. The terms of this 
waiver do not extend to include operations in the 600 MHz guard bands, 
including the duplex gap, which will no longer be allocated for 
broadcast TV. As discussed in the Part 15 Report and Order, wireless 
microphone operations in these bands will be limited to 20 mW EIRP, 
which is more restrictive than allowed for wireless microphones in the 
TV bands. Further, the Commission is not granting, under the terms of 
this waiver, any right to continue to operate in the 600 MHz Band after 
the end of the post-auction transition period. Unlike the waiver the 
Commission is granting, nothing in the record before it indicates 
whether the 600 MHz wireless licensees might agree to the request of 
the Nuclear Energy Institute and the United Telecom Council relating to 
this issue, so the Commission declines to grant their additional 
request at this time.
    31. In granting this permanent waiver, the Commission declines to 
revise the part 74 LPAS rules to provide for such operations on a 
licensed basis. The Commission previously declined to make nuclear 
plants eligible under part 74, and the issues raised regarding the use 
of these particular devices involve considerations unique to the 
nuclear power industry, and do not apply to other part 74 LPAS 
licensees. Further, in light of the Commission's grant of a permanent 
waiver with the associated conditions, licensee status is not 
necessary.
c. Eligibility for Licensed Operations in the Duplex Gap
    32. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission provided that 
broadcasters and cable programming networks using wireless microphones 
on a licensed basis would be able to obtain interference protection 
from unlicensed devices in a portion of the duplex gap at specified 
times and locations, on an as-needed basis. In the NPRM, the Commission 
sought comment on whether it should expand eligibility for licensed 
wireless microphone operations in the duplex gap to include all of the 
entities now eligible for Part 74 LPAS licenses in the TV bands. In 
particular, the Commission asked whether such expanded eligibility 
would create problems for broadcasters or cable programming networks 
operating on this spectrum, or whether these different users generally 
operate at different locations, such that their respective operations 
would not likely interfere with each other.
    33. As discussed in the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission 
provided that broadcasters and cable programming networks using 
wireless microphones on a licensed basis could operate in a portion of 
the duplex gap, where they would be protected from interference by 
unlicensed devices in order to have access to spectrum for certain 
programming, including emergency information. The Commission concludes 
that expanding eligibility to the other licensed part 74 entities 
should not cause any problems for broadcasters and cable programming 
networks since the licensed entities will be obligated to coordinate 
their operations when and where necessary. The Commission notes that, 
as a general matter, these different licensees will likely operate at 
different locations and not interfere with each other.
d. Transition Out of the 600 MHz Band Repurposed for Wireless Services
(i) Background
    34. Following the upcoming incentive auction, certain existing 
television channels in the UHF band will be repurposed for 600 MHz Band 
wireless services. In the Incentive Auction R&O the Commission provided 
for a multi-year period to help smooth the transition as wireless 
microphone operators take steps to obtain new equipment and transition 
out of the use of this spectrum no later than the end of post-auction 
transition period (i.e., 39 months after the issuance of the Channel 
Reassignment PN). Specifically, following the auction these operators 
may continue to access the 600 MHz Band during the transition period, 
but no later, subject to certain conditions. To the extent that either 
licensed or unlicensed wireless microphone users operate in the 600 MHz 
Band during this transition period, then consistent with their 
secondary or unlicensed status they will not be entitled to any 
interference protection from operations of the primary 600 MHz 
licensees, and they will be required to cease any operations in the 600 
MHz Band if their operations cause harmful

[[Page 71708]]

interference to any 600 MHz licensee's operations.
    35. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on how best to 
facilitate a smooth transition as wireless microphone and other LPAS 
users cease their operations on the repurposed 600 MHz Band frequencies 
no later than the end of the post-auction transition period. The 
Commission indicated that achieving a smooth transition will involve 
actions by it, by manufacturers and distributors of wireless 
microphones, and by the various wireless microphone operators 
themselves, both licensed and unlicensed users. Even though the 
specific UHF band frequencies repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless 
services will not be known until following the auction, beginning 
preparation for transition as soon as possible will contribute to a 
smoother transition. The Commission observed that some wireless 
microphones are likely to be capable of operating on repurposed 
channels, while others will not. The Commission also pointed out that 
although the specific frequencies on which particular wireless 
microphones operate may be identified in the owner's manual, the 
channels often are not evident on the devices themselves.
(ii) Discussion
(a) Consumer Education and Outreach; Disclosure Requirements
    36. The Commission specifically sought comment in the NPRM on how 
best to inform users of wireless microphones on the changes following 
the auction that will affect their use of wireless microphones in the 
TV band spectrum that is being repurposed, including the steps 
necessary to prevent interference to new wireless operations in the 600 
MHz spectrum, consistent with its goals expressed in the Incentive 
Auction R&O. The Commission anticipated a need for education and 
outreach directed at wireless microphone users, and that this should 
commence before the auction and continue even beyond the end of the 39-
month transition period. The Commission proposed that these education 
and outreach efforts should be undertaken by it, manufacturers, 
wireless microphone users groups, and relevant trade publications and 
other possible sources of information for wireless microphone users. As 
a companion to these efforts, the Commission also proposed requiring 
that written disclosures accompany new devices at the point of sale to 
provide further education to wireless microphone users on the devices' 
operations. In considering these actions, the Commission drew 
extensively from the approach that it took with respect to the 
transition of wireless microphones out of the 700 MHz band. Its goals 
were to make information available so users, particularly unlicensed 
users, are aware that they must not cause harmful interference to new 
wireless operations in the 600 MHz band, and must cease operating their 
wireless microphones on the repurposed 600 MHz Band allocated for 600 
MHz Band wireless services no later than the end of the transition 
period (i.e., 39 months after the release of the Channel Reassignment 
PN); to set in motion a process so they are aware of relevant factors 
concerning the operation of wireless microphones that are currently in 
use; and to establish a means for users to locate additional spectrum 
and equipment for their operations that will be available for their 
use. The Commission believed that a successful consumer education and 
outreach campaign would involve its staff working with a broad group of 
interested entities, including wireless microphone manufacturers, 
wireless microphones users, and user representatives.
    37. The Commission sought comment on the particular actions that 
wireless microphone manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and other 
entities comprising the wireless microphone community should take to 
inform the wide range of wireless microphone users about the ongoing 
developments concerning wireless microphone use--particularly the need 
to vacate the repurposed 600 MHz Band, the timetable for doing so, and 
the conditions for operating in the band during the transition period. 
It asked what specific information should be provided to wireless 
microphone users to ensure that they know the requirements for 
operating in the repurposed spectrum during the transition period and 
the need to exit the band by the end of the transition, as well as what 
steps can be taken to provide wireless microphone users with 
information on the transition prior to the auction. In particular, the 
Commission inquired whether it would it be beneficial for wireless 
microphone users to have access to a database or some form of online 
mapping tool to help users that enter the location and operating 
frequencies to determine whether they can continue to operate in the 
repurposed 600 MHz Band during the transition period, and if so, who 
should be responsible for developing and maintaining (hosting) it. 
Similarly, the Commission asked whether it should work with wireless 
microphone manufacturers to obtain information on models of wireless 
microphones that it could list on its Web site in order to facilitate a 
smooth transition from the 600 MHz Band. In addition to steps that may 
involve manufacturers, the Commission sought comment on what steps 
other parties associated with the sale and operation of wireless 
microphones (e.g., trade associations, user groups, or industry 
associations), may be able to take to provide users with information 
relevant to the transition.
    38. The Commission also invited specific comment on what additional 
information it should make available for wireless microphone users, 
including Commission-issued consumer ``fact sheets'' and ``frequently 
asked questions'' (FAQ's) which would address, among other matters, 
information on operation in the 600 MHz Band, the reason for the need 
to operate on frequencies outside of that band following the 
transition, the availability of other frequency bands for wireless 
microphone use, and the need to comply with Commission rules.
    39. Finally, the Commission proposed to revise its point-of-sale 
disclosure requirement that it adopted in the TV Bands Wireless 
Microphones R&O, 75 FR 9113, March 1, 2010, in order to provide 
information to wireless microphone users that may have to purchase or 
lease new equipment so that they can vacate the repurposed 600 MHz 
Band. Specifically, with regard to sales of wireless microphones that 
are capable of operating in repurposed spectrum, the Commission 
proposed to require that such sales include point-of-sale disclosures 
that inform buyers that they are buying a microphone that cannot be 
used in certain frequencies following the transition. The Commission 
also sought comment on how point-of-sale disclosures could be designed 
to effectively address any ban on manufacturing and marketing of 
wireless microphones that are capable of operating in the repurposed 
600 MHz Band. It also proposed that the revised point-of-sale 
disclosures direct buyers to the manufacturer's toll free telephone 
number or the manufacturer's Web site where the buyer can obtain more 
detailed information on the extent to which the microphone may be 
affected by repurposing the 600 MHz Band, and asked whether it should 
retain the existing language in the point-of-sale disclosure 
requirement that includes the Commission's toll free number and the 
Commission's Web site where users can obtain additional information on 
the operation of wireless microphones during the transition period and 
after

[[Page 71709]]

the transition period. The Commission proposed that the effective date 
for any disclosure requirement, including a point-of-sale requirement, 
which it may adopt in connection with this or a related proceeding, 
would be 18 months after the release of the Channel Reassignment PN, 
and sought comment on possible alternative dates as well. It requested 
comment on the particular factors that should enter into this 
determination.
    40. As set forth in the NPRM, consumer education regarding the 
operations of wireless microphones following the incentive auction is 
important. Consumers will need to be informed of the many changes that 
will affect their use of the current TV bands that is being repurposed, 
including their use of the 600 MHz guard bands and duplex gap, their 
continued use of repurposed 600 MHz Band during the post-auction 
transition period (i.e., the 39 months following issuance of the 
Channel Reassignment PN), and their need to cease operations in the 600 
MHz Band no later than the end of the post-auction transition period. 
The steps required are similar to those taken in 2010 to inform 
consumers about their use of the TV bands that were repurposed for 700 
MHz Band wireless services.
    41. Disclosure Requirement. The Commission requires anyone selling, 
leasing, or offering for sale or lease wireless microphones that 
operate in the 600 MHz Band to provide certain disclosures to 
consumers, pursuant to section 302. These entities must display the 
Consumer Disclosure, the text of which will be developed by Commission 
staff, at the point of sale or lease, in a clear, conspicuous, and 
readily legible manner. In addition, the Consumer Disclosure must be 
displayed on the Web site of the manufacturer (even in the event the 
manufacturer does not sell wireless microphones directly to the public) 
and of dealers, distributors, retailers, and anyone else selling or 
leasing the devices. The Commission finds that these disclosures are 
necessary to ensure that consumers are informed that the wireless 
microphones may be used, under specified conditions, no longer than the 
post-auction transition period, and to help ensure that wireless 
microphone users comply with their obligation during the transition 
period and cease operating on the 600 MHz band after the end of the 
transition period. The Commission delegates authority to its Consumer 
and Governmental Affairs Bureau (CGB), working with its Wireless 
Telecommunications Bureau (WTB) and Office of Engineering and 
Technology (OET), to prepare the specific language, following issuance 
of the Channel Reassignment PN, that must be used in the Consumer 
Disclosure and publish it in the Federal Register. As discussed above, 
there is more than one way in which the point-of-sale Consumer 
Disclosure may be provided to potential purchasers or lessees of 
wireless microphones, but each of them must satisfy all the 
requirements noted above, including that the disclosure be provided in 
writing at the point of sale in a clear, conspicuous, and readily 
legible manner. One way to fulfill this disclosure requirement would be 
to display the Consumer Disclosure in a prominent manner on the product 
box by using a label (either printed onto the box or otherwise affixed 
to the box), a sticker, or other means. Another way to fulfill the 
disclosure requirement would be to display the text immediately 
adjacent to each wireless microphone offered for sale or lease and 
clearly associated with the model to which it pertains. For wireless 
microphones offered online or via direct mail or catalog, the 
disclosure must be prominently displayed in close proximity to the 
images and descriptions of each wireless microphone. The Commission 
will require manufacturers, dealers, distributors, and other entities 
that sell or lease wireless microphones for operation in the 600 MHz 
Band to comply with the disclosure requirements no later than three 
months following issuance of the Channel Reassignment PN, and it 
encourages these entities to provide consumers with the required 
information earlier.
    42. Consumer Outreach. In addition, the Commission finds that 
several means should be employed to provide as much notice as possible 
to users of the need to clear the 600 MHz Band of wireless microphones. 
The Commission directs CGB, working with WTB and OET, to establish a 
Web page on its Web site, and prepare and release consumer 
publications, including a Consumer Fact Sheet and answers to Frequently 
Asked Questions (FAQs), that inform the public of its decisions 
affecting wireless microphone operations in the repurposed 600 MHz Band 
and the guard bands, as set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, this 
Order, and the Part 15 Report and Order. The Commission further directs 
its staff to identify and contact organizations that represent entities 
that are known to be users of wireless microphones in the 600 MHz Band, 
including groups that represent theaters, houses of worship, and 
sporting venues. The Commission will inform these entities of its 
decisions affecting wireless microphone operations in the repurposed 
spectrum and available resources for information on options for 
wireless microphone use going forward.
    43. Further, the Commission expects all manufacturers of wireless 
microphones to make significant efforts to ensure that all users of 
such equipment capable of operating in the 600 MHz Band are fully 
informed of the decisions affecting them, as set forth in the Incentive 
Auction R&O, this Order, and the Part 15 Report and Order. 
Specifically, the Commission expects these manufacturers, at a minimum, 
to ensure that these users are informed of the need to clear the 600 
MHz Band. Manufacturers also should inform users of wireless 
microphones that they may continue to operate in the 600 MHz Band until 
the end of the post-auction transition period, but only subject to the 
conditions set forth in these orders, including the early clearing 
mechanisms. Further, the Commission expects all manufacturers to 
contact dealers, distributors, and anyone else who has purchased 
wireless microphones, and inform them of its decisions to help clear 
the 600 MHz Band. Manufacturers should also provide information on 
these decisions to any users that have filed warranty registrations for 
600 MHz Band equipment with the manufacturer. The Commission also 
expects manufacturers to post this information on their Web sites and 
include it in all of their sales literature.
    44. In addition, the Commission notes that manufacturers may choose 
to offer rebates and trade-in programs for any 600 MHz Band wireless 
microphones, similar to what was done with respect to transitioning 
wireless microphone users out of the 700 MHz band. The Commission 
encourages them to consider creating or establishing such programs 
here. In contacting dealers and distributors, it expects manufacturers 
to inform these entities that they should: (1) Inform all customers who 
have purchased wireless microphones that are capable of operating in 
the 600 MHz Band of its decision to clear the 600 MHz Band of such 
devices; (2) post such information on their Web sites; (3) include this 
information in all other sales materials; (4) provide information in 
sales materials, including on their Web sites, on the availability of 
any manufacturer rebate offerings and trade-in programs related to 
wireless microphones operating in the 600 MHz Band; and (5) comply with 
the disclosure requirements that the Commission is adopting in this 
Order.

[[Page 71710]]

(b) Post-Auction Prohibition of the Certification, Manufacture, or 
Marketing of LPAS Devices Operating on the 600 MHz Band
    45. All wireless microphones that now operate in the TV bands are 
certified as compliant with part 74, subpart H of the Commission's 
rules. The Commission decided in the Incentive Auction R&O that all 
wireless microphones that operate in the portion of the TV bands that 
will be repurposed 600 MHz Band for licensed wireless services may 
continue to operate in that spectrum during the post-auction transition 
period but must cease those operations no later than 39 months after 
release of the Channel Reassignment PN. At the end of the post-auction 
transition, licensed microphones will be permitted to operate in a 
portion of the duplex gap, and unlicensed wireless microphones will be 
permitted to operate in the guard bands and duplex gap, pursuant to the 
rules adopted in the Part 15 Report and Order.
    46. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed to establish cutoff dates 
for the certification, manufacturing, and marketing of wireless 
microphones in the repurposed spectrum to ensure that manufacturers 
cease making and marketing equipment for operation in repurposed 600 
MHz Band spectrum to ensure that manufacturers cease making marketing 
equipment that cannot be legally used after a certain date. Because 
similar technical requirements would apply to both licensed and 
unlicensed wireless microphones, the Commission proposed to apply to 
both the same transition rules for certification, manufacturing, and 
marketing in order to be the least disruptive to wireless microphone 
manufacturers and users. It proposed taking this action pursuant to its 
authority under section 302(a) of the Communications Act. This Order 
addresses these issues for licensed wireless microphones generally, and 
the Part 15 Report and Order addresses these issues for unlicensed 
wireless microphones.
    47. In this proceeding, the Commission proposed that parties could 
no longer submit applications to certify Part 74 wireless microphones 
that operate in repurposed TV spectrum beginning nine months after the 
release of the Channel Reassignment PN, when the particular frequencies 
that will need to be vacated will first be identified. The Commission 
also proposed that it not certify wireless microphones under part 74 
that would operate in the 600 MHz guard bands or the unlicensed portion 
of the duplex gap. The Commission also inquired whether parties should 
not be able to submit applications to certify wireless microphones that 
operate in repurposed TV spectrum later than 24 months after the 
effective date of the service rules that it adopts for licensed 
wireless microphones, and microphones that do not comply with the new 
rules may not be manufactured and marketed later than 33 months after 
the effective date of the service rules it adopts in this proceeding. 
The Commission also proposed that the effective date of any prohibition 
on manufacturing or marketing these devices will be 18 months after the 
release of the Channel Reassignment PN. In addition, it requested 
comment on the economic costs and benefits of different effective dates 
for the proposed prohibition on manufacturing or marketing. Finally, to 
the extent that the Commission determines to prohibit such manufacture 
or marketing, it proposed that any such ban would not apply to devices 
manufactured in the United States solely for export.
    48. The Commission adopts its proposals for establishing cutoff 
dates for the certification, manufacturing and marketing of licensed 
wireless microphones in the TV bands, the guard bands (including the 
duplex gap), and the repurposed 600 MHz Band. The Commission adopts 
transition rules for the TV bands, the guard bands (including the 
duplex gap), and the repurposed 600 MHz Band that will allow it to 
gradually phase out older microphones and introduce new ones that are 
compliant with the technical rules for part 74 wireless microphones 
that it adopts in this proceeding and for unlicensed wireless 
microphones generally and for licensed wireless microphones in the 
duplex gap that it adopts in the Part 15 Report and Order. The 
Commission is aligning the transition periods as closely as possible 
with the post-auction transition schedule because this will ensure 
compliance with the post-auction 600 MHz Band plan and be less 
disruptive to wireless microphone manufacturers and users.
    49. The Commission adopts the cutoff dates proposed in the NPRM. It 
will require applications to certify wireless microphones under the 
modified part 74 rules nine months after the release of the Channel 
Reassignment PN or no later than 24 months after the effective date of 
the new rules, whichever occurs first. The Commission will require that 
manufacturing and marketing of all part 74 wireless microphones that 
would not comply with the rules for operation in the 600 MHz Band cease 
18 months after release of the Channel Reassignment PN or no later than 
33 months after the effective date of the new rules, whichever occurs 
first.
    50. The Commission recognizes that it is important to provide 
manufacturers with sufficient time to design new products, obtain 
Commission certification, and commence manufacturing. It is equally 
important to allow manufacturers to sell existing devices that allow 
the public to continue providing service until new products are 
available in the marketplace. The cutoff dates that the Commission 
adopts for certification, manufacturing and marketing of wireless 
microphones appropriately balance these two goals, and it disagrees 
with the cutoff dates proposed by CTIA and Mobile Future. Manufacturers 
will not know what band plan they need to design and manufacture to 
until after the incentive auction is concluded, and it would be 
unreasonable to require that only certification applications complying 
with the new rules be accepted at the time the Channel Reassignment PN 
is released. Broadcast stations will be vacating the 600 MHz Band over 
a 39 month period after the release of the Channel Reassignment PN, and 
new wireless operations will be built out gradually as broadcast 
stations leave the band and most likely continuing beyond the 39 month 
transition period. It would be unreasonable to cut off manufacturing 
and marketing six months into the 39 month transition period since this 
would deny the public access to devices that would allow them to 
continue to provide service. The Commission concludes that the cutoff 
dates it has chosen will encourage manufacturers to concentrate on 
developing wireless microphones that operate in compliance with new 
part 74 and part 15 rules and ensure that manufacturers cease making 
and marketing equipment that cannot be legally used after a certain 
date. Finally, as proposed in the NPRM, the prohibition on manufacture 
and marketing will not apply to devices manufactured in the United 
States solely for export.
(c) Modification of LPAS Licenses To Remove Authorization for 
Operations on the 600 MHz Band
    51. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed, pursuant to its authority 
under section 316 of the Communications Act, to modify existing LPAS 
licenses to the extent necessary to delete frequencies identified as 
repurposed for the 600 MHz Band in the Channel Reassignment PN, 
effective on the date that the post-auction transition period ends. In 
addition, it proposed that, following these license

[[Page 71711]]

modifications, the LPAS licenses will continue to include authorization 
to use all frequencies currently included in those licenses other than 
the repurposed 600 MHz Band. Finally, the Commission proposed that if a 
licensed user must cease operations of a wireless microphone prior to 
the end of the post-auction transition period (i.e., because it causes 
harmful interference to any 600 MHz licensee's operations), the license 
relating to that wireless microphone will be modified automatically 
without Commission action to delete the authorization to operate on the 
repurposed 600 MHz Band, effective on the date that operations are 
required to cease.
    52. The Commission adopts the proposal set forth in the NPRM. As 
set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, during the transition period, 
wireless microphone users must cease operations if they would cause 
harmful interference to any 600 MHz wireless operations, and if there 
are violations of this requirement it will enforce its rules 
accordingly. The Commission declines the requests to permit wireless 
microphone operations in the 600 MHz Band following the transition 
period. As the Commission explained in the Incentive Auction R&O, 
establishing a hard date by which all licensed and unlicensed wireless 
microphone operations must cease provides needed certainty and clarity 
about transitioning out of the band, and no party petitioned for 
reconsideration of its decision on this matter. Finally, the Commission 
directs WTB to modify LPAS licenses to delete the affected frequencies 
from LPAS licensees' authorizations, effective at the end of the 
transition period.
2. Miscellaneous VHF/UHF Bands
a. 26.100-26.480 MHz, 161.625-161.775 MHz, 450-451 MHz, and 455-456 MHz 
Bands
    53. Wireless microphones operating pursuant to the part 74 LPAS 
rules also are authorized to operate on a licensed basis in small 
portions of certain broadcast bands, including the 26.100-26.480 MHz, 
the 161.625-161.775 MHz, the 450-451 MHz, and the 455-456 MHz bands. 
Eligibility for operating in these bands is limited to broadcasters and 
broadcast network entities. While the Commission did not propose any 
specific revisions concerning these rules in the NPRM, it sought 
comment on the current use of these bands for wireless microphone 
operations, and the more expansive use of these bands in the future. 
The Commission asked where there are technological advances that may 
promote more intensive use, and requested comment on any potential 
revisions that it should make to facilitate the use of these bands for 
wireless microphone operations.
    54. Given commenters' general view that additional use of these 
bands is limited, and considering the small amount of spectrum they 
offer, revision of its rules to permit expanded operations in these 
bands would not yield much benefit. Furthermore, the Commission has 
sought comment on revising the rules in these bands to allow for the 
use of digital technologies of Remote Pickup (RPU) stations in another 
rulemaking, which could result in more intensive use of these bands. 
The Commission therefore concludes that it will not make these bands 
available for wireless microphone operations other than as currently 
authorized, and subject to the outcome in the latter proceeding.
b. 88-108 MHz FM Band
    55. As discussed in the NPRM, wireless microphone operations have 
long been permitted in the 88-108 MHz FM band on an unlicensed basis 
under section 15.239 of the Commission's part 15 rules. While the 
Commission did not propose any rule revisions in the NPRM, it sought 
comment on whether wireless microphone users continue to make use of 
this band for their operations and the extent to which existing or 
revised rules will be useful for accommodating wireless microphone 
users' needs in the future. To the extent that revisions were proposed, 
the Commission requested that parties submit technical information in 
support of their proposals, as well as analysis of the benefits of such 
revisions and likely impact on FM broadcasters.
    56. Based on the comments and record before the Commission, and the 
apparently minimal opportunity for making use of this band, it declines 
to make any revisions to the rules applicable to wireless microphone 
operations in the 88-108 MHz FM band.
3. 169-172 MHz Band
    57. Under the Commission's part 90 rules, entities eligible to hold 
a Public Safety Pool or Industrial/Business Pool license may operate 
wireless microphone operations on a secondary basis on eight 
frequencies in the 169-172 MHz band, which is allocated primarily for 
Federal use. Specifically, these rules permit wireless microphones to 
be operated on only eight frequencies: 169.445 MHz, 169.505 MHz, 
170.245 MHz, 170.305 MHz, 171.045 MHz, 171.105 MHz 171.845 MHz, and 
171.905 MHz. The emission bandwidth may not exceed 54 kilohertz, the 
frequency stability of the microphones must limit the total emission to 
within  32.5 kilohertz of the assigned frequency, and 
operations may not exceed an output power level of 50 mW.
    58. Wireless microphone operations are not protected from other 
licensed operations in the band, and must not cause interference to any 
Government or non-Government operations, and wireless microphone 
license applications are subject to Government coordination. Other non-
Federal operations in the band, which also are secondary to the Federal 
allocation, operate on 12.5 kilohertz channels, and include (1) 
operations on 36 specified frequencies between 169.425 MHz and 171.925 
MHz for the purpose of transmitting hydrological or meteorological data 
(hydro channels), (2) operations on 9 frequencies between 170.425 MHz 
and 172.375 MHz for forest firefighting and conservation purposes 
(forest firefighting channels), and (3) operations on frequency 170.150 
MHz for public safety purposes and broadcast remote pickup stations in 
certain parts of the country. The current 169-172 MHz band wireless 
microphone channels overlap the hydro channels, but not the forest 
firefighting channels or public safety operations on frequency 170.150 
MHz.
    59. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on the current use 
of spectrum in the 169-172 MHz band for wireless microphones, and how 
the spectrum potentially could be used more expansively and intensively 
without interfering with Federal operations or the other secondary non-
Federal services. It asked what steps it could take to make the band a 
viable option for more wireless microphone users, and sought comment on 
two specific approaches: Allowing wireless microphone licensees to 
combine each of the four neighboring pairs of channels with each other, 
making four larger-bandwidth channels available on new channel centers 
between the existing assignable frequencies; or making as much of the 
169-172 MHz band as possible available for wireless microphone use and 
allowing operation with bandwidths of up to 200 kilohertz, subject to 
appropriate technical or geographic limitations.
    60. As noted above, the current 169-172 MHz band wireless 
microphone channels overlap the hydro channels, but not the forest 
firefighting channels. Making as much of the 169-172 MHz band as 
possible available for wireless microphone use and allowing operation 
with bandwidths of up to 200 kilohertz on center frequencies throughout 
the band, as advocated by the commenters,

[[Page 71712]]

would result in wireless microphone channels overlapping forest 
firefighting channels. In another proceeding, a petition for rulemaking 
proposed to make the forest firefighting channels available for 
vehicular repeater systems (VRS) and other mobile repeaters by other 
firefighters fighting in-building fires. Despite the benefits that VRS 
use provides for first responders, the Commission denied that portion 
of the rulemaking petition. It noted concerns expressed by the National 
Telecommunications and Information Administration that an interference-
free environment must be maintained on the forest firefighting channels 
because even VRS public safety operations on a secondary basis would 
pose a risk of creating conflicts with primary Federal safety 
operations. Consistent with this precedent, the Commission declines to 
allow wireless microphone operations on center frequencies throughout 
the band that would overlap forest firefighting channels.
    61. The Commission agrees with commenters that it should promote 
more opportunities for wireless microphone use of this band. 
Consequently, the Commission will pursue the approach of creating new 
channel centers between the existing neighboring pairs of channels 
(i.e., 169.475, 170.275, 171.075, and 171.875 MHz). The Commission 
concludes that the record supports permitting operation on these new 
channel centers with a bandwidth of up to 200 kilohertz, rather than 
merely combining the existing channels into new channels with a 
bandwidth of less than 120 kilohertz, because 200 kilohertz bandwidth 
will support higher audio quality, which could facilitate operation in 
the band by a wider range of users. Wireless microphones that have 
bandwidth exceeding 54 kilohertz will be required to comply with the 
emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2008-11) 
that the Commission is adopting for licensed wireless microphone 
operations in the TV bands.
    62. In order to protect Federal operations and the other secondary 
non-Federal services, the Commission rejects the suggestion that it 
authorize wireless microphone operations in the 169-172 MHz band on an 
unlicensed basis pursuant to part 15. Unlicensed operations would 
eliminate the Federal Government's ability to review and object to new 
assignments in this primary Federal band. Instead, these operations 
will be licensed pursuant to part 90 and applications will be subject 
to Government coordination.
4. 944-952 MHz Band and Adjacent 941-944 MHz and 952-960 MHz Bands
    63. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on making revisions 
to the rules in the 944-952 MHz band and the two adjacent bands, the 
941-944 MHz and 952-960 MHz bands, to accommodate additional licensed 
wireless microphone operations.
a. 944-952 MHz Band
    64. The Commission's part 74, subpart H rules authorize operations 
of wireless microphones on a licensed basis in the 944-952 MHz band. 
These LPAS operations are authorized on a co-primary basis along with 
other Broadcast Auxiliary Services (BAS) consisting of fixed Aural 
Studio to Transmitter links (STL) stations and fixed Aural Intercity 
Relay Links stations (ICR). Entities eligible for a license to operate 
wireless microphones are limited to broadcast licensees and broadcast 
network entities. LPAS devices using this particular band of spectrum 
may also be used to transmit synchronizing signals and various control 
signals to portable or hand-carried TV cameras which employ low power 
radio signals in lieu of cable to deliver picture signals to the 
control point at the scene of a remote broadcast. Under the applicable 
technical rules, the operating bandwidth for LPAS operations may not 
exceed 200 kHz, and the maximum transmitter power is 1 watt. Several 
manufacturers have developed wireless microphones that use this band.
    65. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on potential for 
more intensive use of this band for the licensed wireless microphone 
operations among the other BAS that use the band. It asked whether, 
considering that less spectrum may be available for wireless microphone 
operations in the UHF television bands, licensees expect to make 
greater use of this band in this band by migrating particular types of 
uses to this spectrum when they are spectrum-constrained in the TV 
bands, and whether this band is well-suited for high-quality uses. 
Because the Commission had proposed adopting ETSI standards for 
operations in the TV bands, it also proposed adopting these standards 
for LPAS operations in the 944-952 MHz band.
    66. The Commission also proposed expanding eligibility in the 944-
952 MHz band to include all of the entities currently eligible under 
part 74 for licensed operation of LPAS devices in the TV bands, given 
that their wireless microphone needs are similar to those of 
broadcasters and broadcast network entities. It asked whether technical 
limitations and other considerations should be weighed when assessing 
expansion of licensee eligibility in this band to ensure that such 
eligibility expansion would not be problematic for existing LPAS 
operations in this band.
    67. Consistent with this record and in accord with adoption of the 
ETSI standard on emission masks for LPAS devices in the TV bands, the 
Commission will require that emissions from analog and digital wireless 
microphones comply with the emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 
300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08), for future wireless microphones that will 
use this band--applying these revised standards to new equipment 
certified under Part 74 in the 944-952 MHz band 9 months after issuance 
of the Channel Reassignment PN, consistent with the requirements for 
new equipment certified for LPAS devices that operate in the TV bands. 
Further, the Commission expands eligibility for operations in the 944-
952 MHz band to include all entities currently eligible to hold LPAS 
licenses for operation in the TV bands. This step should help address 
the need for additional spectrum outside of the TV bands for this 
entire group of licensed users.
    68. Licensed LPAS users operating in the 944-952 MHz band (as in 
the TV bands) are subject to the frequency selection requirements 
contained in Sec.  74.803 of its Rules. The Society of Broadcast 
Engineers (SBE) runs a local frequency coordination program for this 
band and asserts that coordination would have to be mandatory in order 
to avoid interference among different licensees. Accordingly, the 
Commission will also require wireless microphone users seeking access 
to this band to coordinate their proposed use through the local SBE 
coordinator.
b. 941-944 MHz Band and 952-960 MHz Band
    69. The two bands immediately adjacent to 944-952 MHz band--the 
941-944 MHz and the 952-960 MHz bands--are licensed for fixed services 
in varying bandwidths (from 12.5 kHz up to 200 kHz) in different areas 
and segments of these eleven megahertz. Most of the spectrum in these 
two bands is licensed for Private Operational Fixed (including business 
industrial and public safety) and Common Carrier Fixed Microwave 
Services authorized under part 101, and fixed Aural Broadcast Auxiliary 
Services (STL and ICR) authorized under part 74, while smaller portions 
are authorized for Multiple Address Systems (MAS), which consist of 
point-to-multipoint

[[Page 71713]]

Fixed Microwave Services authorized under part 101 of the rules.
    70. Specifically, most of the 941-944 MHz band--the two and a half 
megahertz between 941.5-944 MHz--is available for licensing for Private 
and Common Carrier Fixed Microwave Services or for broadcast auxiliary 
stations. Fixed point-to-point links in these bands are typically used 
for long distance low data-rate links between locations that have line 
of sight capability. They employ directional antennas and operate with 
fairly high effective isotropic radiated power. Receive antennas are 
also directional, affording some rejection of unwanted signals off-axis 
from the main lobe of the antenna. The other portion, the half 
megahertz between 941-941.5 MHz, is authorized for MAS operations, 
specifically communications from MAS master stations to remote 
stations; consequently, transmission from the master station is 
generally omni-directional, generally within a 25-mile radius, to many 
remote stations. MAS historically has been used by the power, 
petroleum, and security industries for various alarm, control, 
interrogation and status reporting requirements as well as by the 
paging industry, and the licensing scheme adopted by the Commission was 
designed to accommodate these past and present uses. MAS licenses in 
this band are either geographically-based or site-based.
    71. Most of the 952-960 MHz band--6.8 megahertz of spectrum between 
952.85-956.25 MHz and 956.45-959.85 MHz--is licensed for Private 
Operational Fixed Microwave Service (including business industrial and 
public safety) authorized under part 101. The remaining portions of the 
band are also authorized for MAS operations in three distinct portions, 
totaling 1.2 megahertz. The MAS bands are divided into two groups with 
differing licensing and service characteristics; these are commonly 
known as the 928/952/956 band--used for private internal or public 
safety communications, and the 928/959 MHz band--used by CMRS and 
paging network incumbents. The MAS portions of these bands have 
historically been used by the power, petroleum, and security industries 
for various Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) operations 
as well as by the paging industry. These licenses also could be either 
geographically-based or site-based.
    72. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed making unused portions of 
the 941-944 MHz and the 952-960 MHz bands available for licensed 
wireless microphone operations on a secondary basis, generally under 
the rules applicable for LPAS operations in the 944-952 MHz band, 
provided that incumbent users in the band could be protected from 
interference. The Commission inquired about the extent to which there 
are many locations in these bands where spectrum is unused, potentially 
available, and in sufficient bandwidth (e.g., 200 kHz) suitable for 
wireless microphone uses similar to their uses in the TV bands and 944-
952 MHz band. Considering the different services and service rules that 
apply to portions of these bands, and the mix of point-to-point and 
point-to-multipoint services already operating in these bands, the 
Commission asked whether specific sub-bands would be more suitable than 
others for sharing with wireless microphones. In this regard, it first 
inquired about those portions of the spectrum available for licensing 
for fixed microwave services, which constitutes the majority of the 
spectrum in these bands. The Commission sought comment on the ability 
of wireless microphone users to determine the availability of suitable 
spectrum at particular locations in these portions of the band, and 
what issues or factors it should take into account to make spectrum 
available for wireless microphone operations while protecting the 
incumbent fixed services that operate in these bands. The Commission 
then made similar inquiries about making the portions of the spectrum 
in these bands that are authorized for MAS operations available for 
wireless microphone operations. Considering that many MAS systems are 
used by utilities for SCADA operations, it sought comment on whether 
these existing users operate in the same general geographic areas as 
wireless microphone users, or whether the wireless microphone 
operations would be separated geographically because these are 
different types of uses. It also asked about other factors that it 
should consider when determining whether and how to permit wireless 
microphone operations in these MAS portions.
    73. The Commission also sought comment on designing rules that 
would be necessary to address any interference concerns with particular 
incumbent operations that could arise. It asked whether certain types 
of services, such as fixed microwave services, would generally not be 
prone to interference, and whether others, such as MAS operations 
involving SCADA operations, could be more susceptible to interference 
and require more protected rules (e.g., rules to specify minimum 
separation distances, or create protection zones, or imposed greater 
limitations on power levels used by wireless microphones, or 
restricting use to indoors). In addition, the Commission sought comment 
on the technical rules that would apply to wireless microphone 
operations in these bands. It specifically asked whether wireless 
microphones should be permitted to operate under the same technical 
rules for LPAS operations that apply to operations in the 944-952 MHz 
band (e.g., power limits, maximum bandwidth, Out of Band Emissions 
(OOBE), including the ETSI standards that it proposed to apply to such 
operations. Finally, it sought comment on the equipment issues that 
would pertain to wireless microphone operations in these bands, 
including various issues relating to the certification process (e.g., 
whether manufacturers should be able to certificate equipment under the 
same rules and procedures for LPAS devices that operate in the 944-952 
MHz band, or needed to develop new equipment for these bands that would 
be certificated in a different manner).
    74. Based on the record before us, the Commission will open most of 
the 941-944 and 952-960 MHz bands--the 2.5 megahertz of spectrum 
between 941.5-944 MHz and the 6.8 megahertz of spectrum between 952.85-
956.25 MHz and 956.45-959.85 MHz--for use by wireless microphones and 
other LPAS license eligible entities currently operating in the TV 
broadcast bands and for whom it has expanded eligibility to operate in 
the 944-952 MHz bands. Because wireless microphones operate at low 
power over short distances, and fixed point-to-point systems employ 
directional antennas and operate with fairly high effective isotropic 
radiated power, the Commission believes that the risk of interference 
between LPAS operations and fixed point-to-point operations is low, and 
commenters generally agree with that conclusion. The Commission finds 
further support for its decision in parties' assurances that equipment 
to utilize these expanded bands could be brought to market quickly. 
Furthermore, it finds that LPAS operations in the these bands should be 
subject to the same part 74 technical rules that apply to LPAS 
operations in the 944-952 MHz band (e.g., the same power limits, 
maximum bandwidth, and coordination requirements). The Commission also 
adopts the ETSI standard for emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 
300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08); and will require emissions beyond +/-1 MHz 
from the carrier or center frequency to be

[[Page 71714]]

attenuated by 90 dB. It will apply this standard to new licenses in the 
941.5-944 MHz, 952.85-956.25 MHz and 956.45-959.85 MHz bands upon the 
effective date of this order. Consistent with the coordination 
requirements the Commission adopted for the 944-952 MHz band, it will 
also require wireless microphone users seeking access to the 941.5-944 
MHz, 952.85-956.25 MHz and 956.45-959.85 MHz bands to coordinate their 
proposed use through the local SBE coordinator.
    75. The Commission does not, however, open the remaining portions 
of the bands authorized for MAS operations, in three distinct portions 
totaling 1.7 megahertz, for licensed wireless microphone operations. 
Unlike with fixed point-to-point operations, it concludes that there is 
a greater risk of interference from a wireless microphone being 
operated at close proximity to a MAS remote station. Unlike fixed 
point-to-point operations (including BAS studio transmitter links), 
geographic area MAS licensees may add master and remote stations 
throughout their service area without prior Commission approval, and 
incumbent MAS licensees are allowed to expand their systems under 
certain circumstances. Given the record before the Commission, 
including the concerns of representatives of MAS interests, it 
concludes that proponents of using the MAS bands for wireless 
microphones have not demonstrated that they can coexist with MAS 
without causing interference. Furthermore, there is only a relatively 
small amount of spectrum in discrete segments potentially unused and 
available in this 1.7 megahertz.
5. Unlicensed Operations in the 902-928 MHz, the 2.4 GHz, and the 5 GHz 
Bands
    76. The 902-928 MHz, 2.4 GHz (2400-2483.5 MHz), and 5 GHz (5725-
5850 MHz) bands generally permit operations of unlicensed devices 
pursuant to two part 15 rules, 47 CFR 15.247 and 15.249. Wireless 
microphones are among the devices that operate on an unlicensed basis 
in these bands under these rules.
    77. In the NPRM, the Commission sought general comment on the 
current and potential uses of the band for various wireless microphone 
operations, the types of applications for which the bands are best 
suited, the limitations associated with use of these bands, and 
technological advances that have improved the ability to make use of 
the band for wireless microphone operations. In requesting information 
on the use of these bands, it sought to develop a more complete record 
of how these bands are useful in meeting various needs of wireless 
microphone users. The Commission did not propose to revise any of these 
part 15 rules that apply to a broad range of unlicensed operations.
    78. The Commission concludes that although the use of these bands 
at this time may be more appropriate for certain types of wireless 
microphone applications, they nonetheless can support devices that are 
part of the suite of wireless microphone devices that accommodate the 
needs of various users. It also anticipates that further technological 
advances can make improvements in performance, and hence make use of 
these bands more attractive for meeting many wireless microphone users' 
needs. As noted above, the Commission did not propose to make any 
revisions of the rules applicable for a wide range of unlicensed uses 
in these bands, and decline here to make any revisions. It generally is 
not inclined to make changes to these rules without demonstrated need 
that changes would benefit the many users of these bands.
6. 1920-1930 MHz Unlicensed PCS Band
    79. The 1920-1930 MHz band is allocated to Fixed and Mobile 
services on a primary basis and is designated for use by Unlicensed 
Personal Communications Service (UPCS) devices under the Commission's 
part 15 rules for unlicensed operations. To facilitate the sharing of 
spectrum in the UPCS band, the current rules require use of a ``listen-
before-transmit'' protocol that specifies a process for monitoring the 
time and spectrum windows that a transmission is intended to occupy for 
signals above a defined threshold. Digital Enhanced Cordless 
Telecommunications (DECT) technology may be used in this band since it 
complies with the general rules for operating in this band. DECT-based 
radio technology facilitates voice, data, and networking applications 
with range requirements up to a few hundred meters. DECT technologies 
minimize interference and can be particularly effective for voice 
communications, and many manufacturers make wireless microphones that 
use this spectrum.
    80. In the NPRM, the Commission invited comment on the current and 
potential uses of the 1920-1930 MHz UPCS band for wireless microphone 
applications, advances in wireless microphone technologies making use 
of this spectrum, and the types of applications for which it may be 
best suited. It did not propose any revisions, but did ask generally 
whether it should consider any technical revisions that could make this 
band more useful for wireless microphone applications without adversely 
affecting operations of other users in the band.
    81. As discussed above, wireless microphone manufacturers are 
finding ways under the existing rules to make use of this unlicensed 
band to address particular types of wireless microphone users' needs. 
The Commission encourages wireless microphone users to make use of this 
band where it can effectively serve their needs. It did not propose 
revisions to the rules in this band, and recognizing the many other 
applications that make use of this band, it will not make revisions at 
this time.
7. 1435-1525 MHz Band
    82. The 1435-1525 MHz band (1.4 GHz band) is shared by the Federal 
government and industry for aeronautical mobile telemetry (AMT) 
operations. AMT systems are used for flight testing of manned and 
unmanned aircraft, missiles, and space vehicles, and associated 
communications such as range safety, chase aircraft, and weather data. 
The Department of Defense (DOD) is the major Federal user of the band, 
although the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) and 
the Department of Energy (DOE) also have assignments within it. The 
commercial aviation industry uses the band for flight testing of new 
and modified commercial, corporate, and general aviation aircraft at 
various facilities across the United States. Both the FCC and NTIA 
recognize the Aerospace and Flight Test Radio Coordinating Council 
(AFTRCC) as the non-governmental coordinator for assignment of flight 
test frequencies in the band. Through the Special Temporary Authority 
(STA) process, professional sound engineering companies responsible for 
major event productions have obtained authority to operate both 
wireless microphones (and similar audio devices) and video equipment on 
a temporary basis (e.g., a few days or a week) to access this spectrum. 
These STAs supplement the parties' existing access to other spectrum 
resources (primarily the TV bands) for coverage of sporting and other 
public events at specified locations around the country. Under existing 
practice, the applicants have had to demonstrate that they have fully 
coordinated their proposed spectrum use with AFTRCC before the 
Commission will grant a STA. The STAs have provided the applicants 
access to up to 90 megahertz of spectrum in the 1435-1525 MHz band, and 
only when that spectrum is not subject to AMT use at the specified 
times and locations.

[[Page 71715]]

Operators generally use equipment that has been specially developed or 
modified for use of the 1.4 GHz band spectrum.
    83. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed making the 1.4 GHz band 
spectrum available for use by wireless microphones on a secondary 
licensed basis, with use limited to licensed professional users at 
specified locations and times operating pursuant to specified 
safeguards designed to protect AMT use of the band. It sought general 
comment on the suitability of this spectrum for wireless microphone 
operations, and stated its commitment to ensuring that any wireless 
microphones operating in this spectrum are spectrally efficient and 
frequency agile.
    84. While the Commission sought to provide wireless microphone 
users in need of additional spectrum resources with access to the 1.4 
GHz band spectrum to help accommodate those needs, it contemplated only 
limited use of this spectrum and did not propose to open it for either 
widespread or itinerant uses throughout the nation. In particular, the 
Commission proposed that wireless microphone uses be restricted to 
specific fixed locations, such as large venues (whether outdoor or 
indoor), where there may be a need to deploy large numbers of 
microphones (e.g., 100 or more), and only at specified times. It 
proposed limiting eligibility to professional users, including 
broadcasters, professional television and cable programmers, and 
professional sound engineering companies, and operators at major venues 
that manage and coordinate wireless microphone operations, i.e., the 
entities eligible for licensed LPAS operations in the TV bands. In 
proposing to require prior coordination with AFTRCC, the Commission 
sought comment on specific coordination mechanisms that would ensure 
that wireless microphone operations only occur at the locations and 
times where authorized, and would be effective in preventing the use of 
these devices at any other location or time without authorization.
    85. In considering the appropriate framework for wireless 
microphone operations in the band, the Commission noted that it already 
permits secondary, low power short-range Medical Body Area Network 
(MBAN) devices to share use of another band where AMT operations are 
primary (i.e., the 2360-2390 MHz band) pursuant to a specified 
coordination process. The Commission asked about the extent to which 
the rules for MBAN operations might serve as a model for rules that it 
should adopt for wireless microphone operations in the 1.4 GHz band. 
MBAN device operators are required to register each device with the 
frequency coordinator and provide specified information--including the 
frequencies to be used, the location of the devices, the power levels 
used, and point of contact information regarding the entity responsible 
for the MBAN device operations. MBAN devices also must cease 
transmission in the absence of a control message. The Commission 
further noted that, as part of the MBAN proceeding, it had recognized 
that specific tools, such as electronic keys, could be useful to 
coordinators as they sought to achieve mutually agreeable coordination 
agreements.
    86. The Commission sought comment on requiring that wireless 
microphone systems, which often are moved from one location to another 
(e.g., when used to cover different events), could only operate through 
use of an automatic mechanism (such as an electronic key, and location-
awareness capability, or similar mechanisms) that would serve to 
prevent wireless microphones from operating unless on approved 
frequencies in the 1.4 GHz band at the approved location/venue(s) 
during approved time(s). In addition, the Commission invited comment on 
whether it should adopt point-of-sale restrictions that would enable 
only entities licensed to operate in this band (discussed below) to 
obtain the devices.
    87. To the extent the Commission decided to authorize wireless 
microphone operations in this band, it sought comment on the technical 
rules that would apply to devices that would use the band, including 
considerations designed to ensure that the primary AMT operations would 
be protected. It asked whether the technical rules should be the 
similar to those that apply to wireless microphones that operate in 
other bands, as well as whether ETSI standards should be adopted for 
those devices. To preserve maximum flexibility for wireless microphone 
operations in the band, it inquired whether it should require wireless 
microphones to have the capability of tuning across the band, as well 
as whether wireless microphones designed to operate in the 1.4 GHz band 
should have modular transmitting components that, if necessary, could 
be replaced to enhance frequency agility. In addition, the Commission 
asked whether there should be an interim process for permitting 
wireless microphone operations in the band as any necessary new devices 
are being made, and what device certification process should be 
employed. Finally, consistent with its proposal, the Commission 
envisioned adding a secondary mobile except aeronautical mobile service 
allocation to the 1435-1525 MHz band for limited use under the service 
rules it adopts for the band.
    88. As proposed in the NPRM, the Commission authorized limited use 
of the 1.4 GHz band for licensed wireless microphones operations, with 
secondary status in the band in the table of allocations, and only 
provided that certain conditions and safeguards designed to protect AMT 
services are met. Experience through the STA process demonstrates that, 
under proper conditions, wireless microphones will be able to operate 
in this band without interfering with the critical aeronautical flight 
test operations that rely on primary access to this spectrum. 
Eligibility to use this band will be restricted to professional users 
(to include broadcasters, professional television and cable 
programmers, and professional sound engineering companies, and 
operators at major venues that manage and coordinate wireless 
microphone operations). The Commission also adopted Shure's 
recommendation, and will permit 200 kHz analog and digital masks and 
adopt the emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI standard EN 300-422-1 
v1.4.2 (2011-08), with power levels of up to 250mW consistent with the 
rules for UHF operations in the TV bands. To accommodate this limited 
use, the Commission is adding a new footnote, US84, to the Table of 
Frequency Allocations. This footnote explicitly permits secondary 
wireless microphone use in the 1435-1525 MHz band, which is already 
allocated to the mobile service on a primary basis but restricted to 
aeronautical telemetry.
    89. As proposed in the NPRM, the Commission is only authorizing 
limited use of this spectrum for licensed wireless microphone uses, 
where access may be important for certain specified events. It is not 
opening up this band either for widespread use or for itinerant uses 
throughout the nation. In particular, it is restricting use to specific 
fixed locations, such as large venues (whether outdoor or indoor), 
where there is a need to deploy large numbers of microphones (typically 
100 or more) for specified time periods, for situations in which the 
other available spectrum resources are insufficient.
    90. Protection of primary service in the band by this new secondary 
service is of paramount importance. Wireless microphone use in the band 
must be coordinated with the non-governmental coordinator for 
assignment of flight test frequencies in the band (i.e., AFTRCC), and 
authentication and location

[[Page 71716]]

verification will be required before a coordinated wireless microphone 
begins operation. Wireless microphones operating in this band must also 
be tunable across the entire 1435-1525 MHz band, as recommended by 
AFTRCC. This capability will facilitate coordination with incumbent 
users whose aeronautical testing may be variable across the band. 
Additionally, the Commission will authorize all microphones operating 
in a particular area to access no more than 30 megahertz in the 1435-
1525 MHz band. This requirement will facilitate coexistence in the band 
by ensuring that wireless microphones operating be able to coordinate 
around AMT operations and by promoting the development of spectrally 
efficient technologies (e.g., digital technologies). The Commission 
also emphasizes that the STA process remains available to address 
extraordinary situations or special events requiring more spectrum 
access.
    91. The Commission is convinced that many of the elements that led 
to the successful adoption of the final MBAN service rules will also 
promote licensed secondary wireless microphone use of the 1.4 GHz band. 
Chief among these will be the cooperation of the AMT community in 
recognizing opportunities to share use of the band in those locations 
and times that will not interfere with the critical existing primary 
use, and the implementation of a coordination process to allow for such 
determinations in a timely and effective manner. However, the 
Commission recognizes that this coordination scenario is different from 
the MBANs case in that the secondary use will not be restricted to 
indoor locations in relatively limited and well-defined geographic 
places (i.e., hospitals). The Commission thinks there is good basis for 
AFTRCC's suggestions that equipment authentication be done through an 
automated mechanism and repeated regularly, that the equipment be 
designed to automatically cease operation in the absence of such 
registration and authentication, and that the equipment incorporate a 
geolocation capability more sophisticated than the manual entry of 
coordinates. Accordingly, the Commission will require manufacturers to 
design, and operators to use, software-based controls (or similar 
functionality) to prevent devices from operating in the band except in 
the specific channels coordinated with AFTRCC for any given location.
    92. The Commission will leave the details of these matters for 
resolution at a future time, to be informed by further negotiation 
between manufacturers and the flight test community. It is also not 
mandating, at this time, the use of a specific coordinator or 
coordinators to represent the wireless microphone community (analogous 
to the MBAN coordinator). The decision as to whether such a coordinator 
may be appropriate for the professional licensed wireless microphone 
user base (and consideration of whether such a coordinator would 
provide sufficient user oversight so as to allow greater flexibility in 
how 1.4 GHz wireless microphone equipment may be designed) will be 
better informed after further discussion by the interested parties.
    93. The Commission's intent is to provide a stable new environment 
for professional wireless microphone users, but it must also be mindful 
of the fact that, as noted above, wireless microphone use of the 1.4 
GHz band will operate pursuant to a secondary allocation. In light of 
this regulatory status, and considering the history of wireless 
microphone users having to replace equipment as band availability has 
evolved, the Commission strongly encourages parties designing equipment 
for this band to incorporate design elements--such as modular 
transmitting components or wider tuning capability extending to other 
bands--that will allow the greatest future flexibility should 
regulatory circumstances ever change. The Commission reminds licensees 
and manufacturers that they will bear the future cost of any such 
changes and, therefore, that relatively small upfront costs to increase 
flexibility may prevent much greater costs associated with replacing 
equipment in the unforeseeable future. It intends to continue a dialog 
with the wireless microphone community so that licensees and 
manufacturers will be able to anticipate, well in advance, any new 
developments (e.g., the availability of other bands for wireless 
microphones) that might inform the design of new equipment.
    94. While the Commission concludes that the costs of the particular 
requirements it is establishing for wireless microphone use of the 1.4 
GHz band are outweighed by the benefits of allowing licensed secondary 
use in a band that would otherwise not be available, it recognizes that 
the requirements are likely to limit 1.4 GHz wireless microphone use to 
a relatively limited community of professional users. The limited size 
of the user pool will facilitate coordinated use of the band and 
mitigate successfully AFTRCC's concerns regarding unauthorized users. 
The Commission also expects wireless microphone manufactures to 
continue to innovate and find further operational efficiencies, and 
believe that they will be able to draw on the experiences of MBAN 
proponents as they develop equipment designed to operate in the AMT 
space. Finally, because the Commission will continue to allow for the 
existing coordinated use of this band under the STA process, it is not 
establishing an interim process for permitting wireless microphone use 
under the new procedures pending the development of new equipment and 
final coordination and registration requirements.
8. 3.5 GHz Band
    95. In the NPRM, the Commission noted the 3.5 GHz Band FNPRM 
adopted earlier in 2014, in which it sought comment various potential 
uses of the 3.5 GHz band as it developed rules for operating in that 
band, see 79 FR 31247, June 2, 2014. It made clear that all of the 
issues regarding the policies and rules for operations in the 3.5 GHz 
proceeding would be decided in that proceeding, but nonetheless sought 
general comment on whether wireless microphone operations potentially 
could be employed in the 3.5 GHz band to help accommodate particular 
needs of users.
    96. In April 2015, the Commission adopted rules for commercial use 
of 150 megahertz in the 3.5 GHz band, see 80 FR 34119, June 15, 2015. 
These rules specified a federal/non-federal sharing arrangement of that 
band as part of a broader three-tiered sharing framework, which 
included Priority Access and General Authorized Access (GAA) tiers of 
service for commercial wireless use. This band potentially can provide 
opportunities for wireless microphone operations. Both tiers of service 
are open to any party eligible for a Commission license and could 
provide opportunities for wireless microphone operations.
9. 6875-7125 MHz Band
    97. As the Commission discussed in the NPRM, the 6875-7125 MHz band 
(7 GHz band) has long been authorized for shared co-primary use for 
fixed microwave operations among TV BAS stations (including television 
studio-transmitter links, television relay stations, and television 
translator relay stations) under part 74 and cable television relay 
stations (CARS) under part 78 of its rules. Broadcast network and cable 
entities may also use the band on a secondary basis for mobile or 
temporary fixed microwave operations for TV and CARS pickup stations. 
In addition, broadcasters can operate certain BAS facilities in the 7 
GHz band

[[Page 71717]]

on a short-term, secondary basis without prior authorization for up to 
720 hours a year. The BAS stations make it possible for television and 
radio stations and networks to transmit program materials from the 
sites of breaking news stories or other live events to television 
studios for inclusion in broadcast programs. The CARS stations enable 
cable operators to distribute programming to microwave hubs where it is 
impossible or too expensive to run cable and to cover live events. In 
2011, the Commission also authorized Fixed Services (FS) microwave 
operations under part 101 (for Private, Common Carrier, or Public 
Safety microwave systems) to share use of the band, on a co-primary 
basis, but only in areas where BAS and CARS television pickup 
operations are not licensed and not on two 25 megahertz channels in the 
middle of the band reserved for TV pickup stations (channels at 6975-
7000 MHz and 7000-7025 MHz).
    98. The 250 megahertz in the 7 GHz band is comprised of ten 25 
megahertz channels. BAS and CARS licensees may be authorized to operate 
both fixed and mobile stations on any of these channels, and FS 
licensees on all but two of them (as noted above). The Commission has 
not otherwise adopted a formal, nationwide segmentation plan for the 7 
GHz band to separate fixed and mobile operation. BAS and CARS licensees 
are authorized to operate on 25 megahertz channels, FS operators may be 
authorized to operate on 25 megahertz channels or on smaller channels 
of 5, 8.33 or 12.5 megahertz. Furthermore, all fixed BAS, CARS, and 
part 101 FS stations must engage in the same frequency coordination 
process required of all part 101 services, whereas temporary fixed or 
mobile TV pickup services continue to be subject to informal 
coordination procedures within their service areas.
    99. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed to permit licensed 
wireless microphone operations on available channels in this band, on a 
secondary basis, for entities eligible to hold BAS or CARS licenses. 
Considering the likelihood of significant areas of unused spectrum 
throughout this band, the Commission sought comment on whether spectrum 
in this band could be made available for relatively low power, short-
range wireless microphone operations without interfering with existing 
services. Given that BAS and CARS licensees already use the 7 GHz band 
for certain types of video applications and programming production, it 
asked whether there would be synergies in permitting wireless 
microphone operations that could supplement those existing 
applications. The Commission sought comment on particular rules that 
could facilitate wireless microphone operations in the band while also 
protecting existing services, specifically inquiring whether it should 
make spectrum in all of the 7 GHz band available for wireless 
microphone operations on a secondary, non-interfering basis, or only 
make certain portions of the 7 GHz band available for wireless 
microphone operations. It also sought comment on what technical rules 
(LPAS or otherwise) would best facilitate wireless microphone 
operations in the band, whether such rules should include the ETSI 
standards, and what if any interference criteria such as geographic 
exclusion zones or OOBE limits would protect incumbent services in the 
band. Given that coordination among licensees currently is required, 
the Commission asked to what extent formal or informal coordination of 
wireless microphone operations should be required--i.e., whether 
wireless microphone users could share operations among themselves on 
the same private-sector, frequency-coordinated basis that exists for 
the use of BAS mobile shared spectrum. Finally, it sought comment on 
the availability of wireless microphone equipment for this band.
    100. The Commission will permit BAS and CARS eligible entities, as 
well as the other entities eligible to hold LPAS licenses under part 
74, to operate wireless microphones on a licensed, secondary basis in 
the 7 GHz band on two 25 megahertz channels that it will set aside for 
such use on the top and bottom channels of this band (6875-6900 MHz and 
7100-7125 MHz). It declines to make the entire band available for 
wireless microphone use because there has been no demonstration that 
there is a need for all 250 megahertz of spectrum to be made available 
for wireless microphone use. The Commission is particularly concerned 
about compatibility between wireless microphones and itinerant BAS 
operations in the two channels reserved for nationwide use. SBE 
originally supported use of one 25 megahertz channel in the band, and 
by offering twice as much spectrum, the Commission hopes to create the 
necessary flexibility for wireless microphones to opportunistically 
find frequencies they can use on a secondary basis without interfering 
with, or receiving interference from, primary users with whom they must 
share and who typically operate at a higher power. Additionally, the 
Commission is reassured in its approach to the 7 GHz band by the 
commenters stating that equipment for these bands is readily available 
internationally and could be easily brought to market. While Broadcast 
Sports, Incorporated (BSI) favored setting aside 13 megahertz spectrum 
segments only for wireless microphone use on a primary basis, the 
Commission declines to do so because the 7 GHz band should remain fully 
available for BAS, CARS, and point-to-point operations. It is concerned 
that granting LPAS exclusive or co-primary status could impede the 
growth of the important existing uses of the band. Furthermore, under 
the Commission's existing rules, LPAS users are required to avoid 
causing harmful interference to any other class of station authorized 
under its rules or the Table of Allocations. BSI has not explained why 
a different rule is necessary or appropriate in the 7 GHz band. 
Moreover, the Commission has endeavored to make two 25 megahertz 
channels available at the top and bottom of the band (more than BSI 
requested) so that wireless microphones will have additional 
flexibility to select specific frequencies within the channel that will 
not cause interference to other services in the bands.
    101. With respect to coordination, generally, in lieu of mandating 
specific interference criteria in its rules, the Commission expects 
applicants and licensees to work out interference issues in the 
frequency coordination process. FS, BAS, and CARS (other than mobile or 
temporary fixed operations) already operate in the 7 GHz band subject 
to a formal Part 101 coordination process pursuant to which all fixed 
station applicants must provide affected licensees and contemporaneous 
applicants with 30-day prior notification and an opportunity to 
participate in frequency coordination before filing their applications 
with the Commission. Mobile and temporary fixed stations are generally 
coordinated through local SBE coordinators pursuant to the requirements 
in section 74.638(d). The Commission will require new wireless 
microphone operations in the band to coordinate their operations 
through the local SBE coordinator. It will permit licensees to 
aggregate channels in these bands for wider-band transmission. Finally, 
it will apply the same part 74 technical rules applicable to wireless 
microphones in the TV broadcast bands to their operations in these 
bands, require that wireless microphones comply with the emission masks 
in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08) and will require

[[Page 71718]]

that emissions beyond +/-1 MHz from the carrier or center frequency to 
be attenuated by 90 dB.
10. Ultra-Wideband
    102. The Commission's rules for ultra-wideband (UWB) unlicensed 
devices are set forth in part 15, subpart F. Operating pursuant to the 
technical rules set forth in part 15, UWB devices can use spectrum 
occupied by existing radio services without causing harmful 
interference, thereby permitting scarce spectrum resources to be used 
more efficiently. Wireless microphones operating under these rules 
would be required to operate pursuant to the UWB rules for 
communications systems, which permit operations in the 3.1-10.6 GHz 
band. Under the UWB rules, these devices must be designed to ensure 
that operation can occur indoors only, or must consist of hand-held 
devices that may be employed for such activities as peer-to-peer 
operation. The Commission noted that at least one wireless microphone 
manufacturer has developed and markets wireless microphones that 
operate under these rules.
    103. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on the current and 
potential uses of UWB devices for wireless microphone applications. It 
asked whether there are there particular uses for which wireless 
microphones operating under UWB rules are well suited, such as indoor 
and/or short-range operations, and whether manufacturers are promoting 
the use of UWB wireless microphones for particular applications. 
Finally, it invited comment regarding steps that it should take to 
facilitate use of UWB devices for wireless microphone uses. It did not 
propose or seek comment on any rule revisions that would be designed to 
accommodate wireless microphone applications.
    104. While the Commission did not propose, nor is it adopting, any 
changes to these rules, it does encourage further developments that can 
enable various wireless microphone applications to meet particular 
consumers' needs. Any changes to the existing rules would require much 
more extensive technical justification and analyses, as an initial 
matter, which are not before the Commission.
11. Other Potential Bands
    105. In the NPRM, the Commission invited comment on whether there 
are other bands not currently available for wireless microphone 
operations that may be useful in helping to accommodate their needs, 
whether in the nearer term and over the longer term. In particular, the 
Commission inquired about the 2020-2025 MHz band, asking whether this 
band might be technically suitable for wireless microphone operations, 
the potential equipment availability, and other issues that would need 
to be considered. It also requested comment on how a decision to permit 
wireless microphone operations in this band would affect its earlier 
decision to allocate those five megahertz for non-federal fixed and 
mobile service, whether allowing access would be helpful in 
accommodating wireless microphone operations, and whether use of this 
band for wireless microphones would advance its spectrum management 
goals, including promoting efficient use of spectrum.
    106. The Commission declines to take any action with respect to 
2020-2025 MHz at this time. In the NPRM, it asked commenters who were 
interested in this band to address the technical suitability of this 
band for wireless microphones, to identify the potential availability 
of equipment for operations in the band, and to explain how wireless 
microphone use would be consistent with the Commission's earlier 
decision to allocate this band for non-federal fixed and mobile 
service. It also sought comment on how permitting wireless microphone 
operations would be advance spectral efficiency and other spectrum 
management goals. While certain parties express support for using this 
band for wireless microphones, the record currently before the 
Commission does not provide sufficient basis to make this spectrum 
available for wireless microphone operations at this time, particularly 
in light of the substantial steps it takes in this R&O to accommodate 
wireless microphone operations in other bands. Accordingly, while the 
Commission does not foreclose future consideration of wireless 
microphone operations in the 2020-2025 MHz band, it is not permitting 
wireless microphone access to this band at this time.

III. Procedural Matters

A. Paperwork Reduction Analysis

    107. This Report and Order contains new or modified information 
collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 
(PRA), Public Law 104-13. It will be submitted to the Office of 
Management and Budget (OMB) for review under section 3507(d) of the 
PRA. OMB, the general public, and other Federal agencies are invited to 
comment on the new or modified information collection requirements 
contained in this proceeding. In addition, pursuant to the Small 
Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, 44 U.S.C. 
3506(c)(4), the Commission previously sought specific comment on how it 
might further reduce the information collection burden for small 
business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.

B. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

    108. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as 
amended (RFA),\1\ and Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) 
was incorporated in the in the Notice of Proposed Rule Making (NPRM), 
Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone Operations, GN Docket 
No. 14-166 and Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of 
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, GN Docket No. 12-268.\2\ The 
Commission sought written public comment on the proposals in the NPRM, 
including comment on the IRFA. This present Final Regulatory 
Flexibility Analysis (FRFA) conforms to the RFA.\3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ See 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, see 5 U.S.C. 601-612, has been 
amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 
1996 (SBREFA), Pub. L. 104-121, Title II, 110 Stat. 857 (1996).
    \2\ See Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone 
Operations; GN Docket No. 14-166 and Expanding the Economic and 
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, GN 
Docket 12.268 (FCC 14-145) Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 29 FCC Rcd 
12343, adopted September 30, 2014.
    \3\ See 5 U.S.C. 604.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Need for, and Objectives of, the Report and Order

    109. In this Report and Order, we take several actions to 
accommodate wireless microphone users' needs in the coming years. Many 
types of users employ wireless microphones in a variety of settings. 
Wireless microphone operations range from professional uses, with the 
need for numerous high-performance microphones along with other 
microphones, to the need for a handheld microphone to transmit voice 
communications, to a range of different uses and needs for different 
numbers of microphones in different settings. Through these actions, we 
seek to enable wireless microphone users to have access to a suite of 
devices that operate effectively and efficiently in different spectrum 
bands and can address their respective needs.
    110. We adopt several changes in our rules for operations in the TV 
bands, where most wireless microphone operations occur today. With 
respect to the TV bands, we revise our rules to provide more 
opportunities to access spectrum by allowing greater use of the VHF 
channels and more co-channel

[[Page 71719]]

operations without the need coordination where use would not cause 
harmful interference to TV service. We also open up the licensed use of 
the duplex gap to all entities eligible to hold LPAS licenses for using 
TV band spectrum. We also will require new wireless microphones 
operating in the TV bands and certain other bands to meet the more 
efficient analog and digital ETSI standards, which will ensure more 
efficient use of the spectrum. In addition, we address consumer 
education and outreach efforts that can help consumers transition out 
of the TV band spectrum that is repurposed for wireless services, and 
equipment certification procedures that will apply to wireless 
microphones in the future. We also discuss several additional actions 
we are taking with respect to other spectrum bands currently available 
for wireless microphone operations to enable greater use of these band 
to accommodate wireless microphone uses in the future. Specifically, we 
adopt revisions to provide new opportunities in the 169-172 MHz band 
and the 944-952 MHz band. Finally, we open up three other sets of 
spectrum bands--portions of the 941-944MHz and 952-960 MHz bands, the 
1430-1525 MHz band, and the 6875-7125 MHz band--for sharing with 
licensed wireless microphone operations under specified conditions.

D. Summary of Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response 
to the IFRA

    111. There were no public comments filed that specifically 
addressed the rules and policies proposed in the IRFA.

E. Response to Comments by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small 
Business Administration

    112. Pursuant to the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, the 
Commission is required to respond to any comments filed by the Chief 
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration, and to 
provide a detailed statement of any change made to the proposed rules 
as a result of those comments. The Chief Counsel did not file any 
comments in response to the proposed rules in this proceeding.

F. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which 
the Final Rules Will Apply

    113. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of and, 
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be 
affected by the proposed rules, if adopted.\4\ The RFA generally 
defines the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning as the 
terms ``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small 
governmental jurisdiction.'' \5\ In addition, the term ``small 
business'' has the same meaning as the term ``small business concern'' 
under the Small Business Act.\6\ A small business concern is one which: 
(1) Is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its 
field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria 
established by the SBA.\7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ 5 U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
    \5\ 5 U.S.C. 601(6).
    \6\ 5 U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference the definition 
of ``small business concern'' in 15 U.S.C. 632). Pursuant to the 
RFA, the statutory definition of a small business applies ``unless 
an agency, after consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the 
Small Business Administration and after opportunity for public 
comment, establishes one or more definitions of such term which are 
appropriate to the activities of the agency and publishes such 
definition(s) in the Federal Register.'' 5 U.S.C. 601(3).
    \7\ Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632 (1996).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    114. Small Businesses, Small Organizations, and Small Governmental 
Jurisdictions. Our action may, over time, affect small entities that 
are not easily categorized at present. We therefore describe here, at 
the outset, three comprehensive, statutory small entity size 
standards.\8\ First, nationwide, there are a total of 28.2 million 
small businesses, according to the SBA.\9\ In addition, a ``small 
organization'' is generally ``any not-for-profit enterprise which is 
independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field.'' 
\10\ Nationwide, as of 2012, there were approximately 2,300,000 small 
organizations.\11\ Finally, the term ``small governmental 
jurisdiction'' is defined generally as ``governments of cities, towns, 
townships, villages, school districts, or special districts, with a 
population of less than fifty thousand.'' \12\ Census Bureau data for 
2012 indicate that there were 90,056 local governments in the United 
States.\13\ Thus, we estimate that most governmental jurisdictions are 
small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ See 5 U.S.C. 601(3)-(6).
    \9\ See SBA, Office of Advocacy, ``Frequently Asked Questions,'' 
http://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/FAQ_March_2014_0.pdf (last 
visited May 2, 2014; figures are from 2011).
    \10\ 5 U.S.C. 601(4).
    \11\ National Center for Charitable Statistics, The Nonprofit 
Almanac (2012).
    \12\ 5 U.S.C. 601(5).
    \13\ U.S. Census Bureau, Government Organization Summary Report: 
2012 (rel. Sep. 26, 2013), http://www2.census.gov/govs/cog/g12_org.pdf (last visited May 2, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    115. Low Power Auxiliary Station (LPAS) Licensees. Existing LPAS 
operations are intended for uses such as wireless microphones, cue and 
control communications, and synchronization of TV camera signals. These 
low power auxiliary stations transmit over distances of approximately 
100 meters.\14\ The appropriate LPAS size standard under SBA rules is 
for the category Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except 
Satellite). The size standard for that category is that a business is 
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.\15\ For this category, census 
data for 2007 show that there were 1,383 firms that operated for the 
entire year.\16\ Of this total, 1,368 firms had employment of 999 or 
fewer employees and 15 had employment of 1000 employees or more.\17\ 
Thus, using this data, we estimate that the majority of wireless firms 
can be considered small. There are a total of more than 1,200 Low Power 
Auxiliary Station (LPAS) licenses in all bands and a total of over 600 
LPAS licenses in the UHF spectrum.\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ 47 CFR 74.801.
    \15\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517210).
    \16\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information: 
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of 
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
    \17\ Id. Available census data do not provide a more precise 
estimate of the number of firms that have employment of 1,500 or 
fewer employees; the largest category provided is for firms with 
1000 employees or more.
    \18\ FCC, Universal Licensing System (ULS), available at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/index.htm?job=home (last visited May 13, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    116. Low Power Auxiliary Device Manufacturers: Radio and Television 
Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment Manufacturing. The 
Census Bureau defines this category as follows: ``This industry 
comprises establishments primarily engaged in manufacturing radio and 
television broadcast and wireless communications equipment. Examples of 
products made by these establishments are: Transmitting and receiving 
antennas, cable television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular 
phones, mobile communications equipment, and radio and television 
studio and broadcasting equipment.'' \19\ The SBA has developed a small 
business size standard for Radio and Television Broadcasting and 
Wireless Communications Equipment Manufacturing, which is: All such 
firms having 750 or fewer employees.\20\ According to Census Bureau 
data for 2007, there were a total of 939 establishments in this 
category that

[[Page 71720]]

operated for the entire year.\21\ Of this total, 912 establishments had 
employment of less than 500, and an additional 10 establishments had 
employment of 500 to 999.\22\ Thus, under this size standard, the 
majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334220 Radio 
and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment 
Manufacturing, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012 (last visited May 6, 2014).
    \20\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334220.
    \21\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing: 
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors 
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3. The number of 
``establishments'' is a less helpful indicator of small business 
prevalence in this context than would be the number of ``firms'' or 
``companies,'' because the latter take into account the concept of 
common ownership or control. Any single physical location for an 
entity is an establishment, even though that location may be owned 
by a different establishment. Thus, the numbers given may reflect 
inflated numbers of businesses in this category, including the 
numbers of small businesses.
    \22\ Id. An additional 17 establishments had employment of 1,000 
or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    117. Low Power Auxiliary Device Manufacturers: Other Communications 
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as 
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in 
manufacturing communications equipment (except telephone apparatus, and 
radio and television broadcast, and wireless communications 
equipment).'' \23\ The SBA has developed a small business size standard 
for Other Communications Equipment Manufacturing, which is: All such 
firms having 750 or fewer employees.\24\ According to Census Bureau 
data for 2007, there were a total of 452 establishments in this 
category that operated for the entire year.\25\ Of this total, 448 
establishments had employment below 500, and an additional 4 
establishments had employment of 500 to 999.\26\ Thus, under this size 
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334290 Other 
Communications Equipment Manufacturing, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334290&search=2012 (last visited May 6, 
2014).
    \24\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334290.
    \25\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing: 
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors 
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334290), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3&prodType=table (last visited 
May 6, 2014). The number of ``establishments'' is a less helpful 
indicator of small business prevalence in this context than would be 
the number of ``firms'' or ``companies,'' because the latter take 
into account the concept of common ownership or control. Any single 
physical location for an entity is an establishment, even though 
that location may be owned by a different establishment. Thus, the 
numbers given may reflect inflated numbers of businesses in this 
category, including the numbers of small businesses.
    \26\ Id. There were no establishments that had employment of 
1,000 or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    118. Television Broadcasting. This Economic Census category 
``comprises establishments primarily engaged in broadcasting images 
together with sound. These establishments operate television 
broadcasting studios and facilities for the programming and 
transmission of programs to the public.'' \27\ The SBA has created the 
following small business size standard for Television Broadcasting 
firms: Those having $38.5 million or less in annual receipts.\28\ The 
Commission has estimated the number of licensed commercial television 
stations to be 1,388.\29\ In addition, according to Commission staff 
review of the BIA Advisory Services, LLC's Media Access Pro Television 
Database on March 28, 2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300 commercial 
television stations (or approximately 73 percent) had revenues of $14 
million or less.\30\ We therefore estimate that the majority of 
commercial television broadcasters are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515120 
Television Broadcasting, (partial definition), http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515120&search=2012 
(last visited May 6, 2014).
    \28\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 515120) (updated for inflation 
in 2010).
    \29\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of 
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), http://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
    \30\ We recognize that BIA's estimate differs slightly from the 
FCC total given.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    119. We note, however, that in assessing whether a business concern 
qualifies as small under the above definition, business (control) 
affiliations must be included.\31\ Our estimate, therefore, likely 
overstates the number of small entities that might be affected by our 
action because the revenue figure on which it is based does not include 
or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies. In addition, an 
element of the definition of ``small business'' is that the entity not 
be dominant in its field of operation. We are unable at this time to 
define or quantify the criteria that would establish whether a specific 
television station is dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly, 
the estimate of small businesses to which rules may apply does not 
exclude any television station from the definition of a small business 
on this basis and is therefore possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ ``[Business concerns] are affiliates of each other when one 
concern controls or has the power to control the other or a third 
party or parties controls or has to power to control both.'' 13 CFR 
21.103(a)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    120. In addition, the Commission has estimated the number of 
licensed noncommercial educational (NCE) television stations to be 
396.\32\ These stations are non-profit, and therefore considered to be 
small entities.\33\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of 
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), http://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
    \33\ See generally 5 U.S.C. 601(4), (6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    121. There are also 2,414 low power television stations, including 
Class A stations and 4,046 television translator stations.\34\ Given 
the nature of these services, we will presume that all of these 
entities qualify as small entities under the above SBA small business 
size standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of 
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), http://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    122. Cable Television Distribution Services. Since 2007, these 
services have been defined within the broad economic census category of 
Wired Telecommunications Carriers; that category is defined as follows: 
``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating 
and/or providing access to transmission facilities and infrastructure 
that they own and/or lease for the transmission of voice, data, text, 
sound, and video using wired telecommunications networks. Transmission 
facilities may be based on a single technology or a combination of 
technologies.'' \35\ The SBA has developed a small business size 
standard for this category, which is: All such firms having 1,500 or 
fewer employees.\36\ Census data for 2007 shows that there were 3,188 
firms that operated for the duration of that year.\37\ Of those, 3,144 
had fewer than 1,000 employees, and 44 firms had more than 1,000 
employees. Thus under this category and the associated small business 
size standard, the majority of such firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \35\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 517110 Wired 
Telecommunications Carriers, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517110&search=2012 (last visited May 5, 2014).
    \36\ U.S. Small Business Administration, Table of Small Business 
Size Standards Matched to North American Industry Classification 
System Codes, at 28 (2014), http://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/files/size_table_01222014.pdf.
    \37\ See U.S. Census Bureau, American FactFinder, 2007 Economic 
Census of the United States, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Establishment 
and Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United States: 2007, 
NAICS code 517110, http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5 
(last visited May 7, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    123. Cable Companies and Systems. The Commission has also developed 
its own small business size standards, for the purpose of cable rate 
regulation. Under the Commission's rules, a ``small

[[Page 71721]]

cable company'' is one serving 400,000 or fewer subscribers, 
nationwide.\38\ Industry data indicate that of approximately 1,100 
cable operators nationwide, all but ten are small under this size 
standard.\39\ In addition, under the Commission's rules, a ``small 
system'' is a cable system serving 15,000 or fewer subscribers.\40\ 
Current Commission records show 4,945 cable systems nationwide.\41\ Of 
this total, 4,380 cable systems have fewer than 20,000 subscribers, and 
565 systems have 20,000 or more subscribers, based on the same records. 
Thus, under this standard, we estimate that most cable systems are 
small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \38\ 47 CFR 76.901(e). The Commission determined that this size 
standard equates approximately to a size standard of $100 million or 
less in annual revenues. Implementation of Sections of the 1992 
Cable Act: Rate Regulation, Sixth Report and Order and Eleventh 
Order on Reconsideration, 10 FCC Rcd 7393, 7408 (1995).
    \39\ Industry Data, National Cable & Telecommunications 
Association, https://www.ncta.com/industry-data (last visited May 6, 
2014); R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook 2010, ``Top 25 
Cable/Satellite Operators,'' p. C-2 (data current as of December, 
2008).
    \40\ 47 CFR 76.901(c).
    \41\ The number of active, registered cable systems comes from 
the Commission's Cable Operations and Licensing System (COALS) 
database on Aug. 28, 2013. A cable system is a physical system 
integrated to a principal headend.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    124. Cable System Operators. The Communications Act of 1934, as 
amended, also contains a size standard for small cable system 
operators, which is ``a cable operator that, directly or through an 
affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer than 1 percent of all 
subscribers in the United States and is not affiliated with any entity 
or entities whose gross annual revenues in the aggregate exceed 
$250,000,000.'' \42\ The Commission has determined that an operator 
serving fewer than 677,000 subscribers shall be deemed a small 
operator, if its annual revenues, when combined with the total annual 
revenues of all its affiliates, do not exceed $250 million in the 
aggregate.\43\ Industry data indicate that of approximately 1,100 cable 
operators nationwide, all but ten are small under this size 
standard.\44\ We note that the Commission neither requests nor collects 
information on whether cable system operators are affiliated with 
entities whose gross annual revenues exceed $250 million,\45\ and 
therefore we are unable to estimate more accurately the number of cable 
system operators that would qualify as small under this size standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \42\ 47 U.S.C. 543(m)(2); see 47 CFR 76.901(f) & nn. 1-3.
    \43\ 47 CFR 76.901(f); see Public Notice, FCC Announces New 
Subscriber Count for the Definition of Small Cable Operator, DA 01-
158 (Cable Services Bureau, Jan. 24, 2001).
    \44\ R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook 2006, ``Top 25 
Cable/Satellite Operators,'' pages A-8 & C-2 (data current as of 
June 30, 2005); Warren Communications News, Television & Cable 
Factbook 2006, ``Ownership of Cable Systems in the United States,'' 
pp. D-1805 to D-1857.
    \45\ The Commission does receive such information on a case-by-
case basis if a cable operator appeals a local franchise authority's 
finding that the operator does not qualify as a small cable operator 
pursuant to 76.901(f) of the Commission's rules. See 47 CFR 
76.909(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    125. Direct Broadcast Satellite (``DBS'') Service. DBS service is a 
nationally distributed subscription service that delivers video and 
audio programming via satellite to a small parabolic ``dish'' antenna 
at the subscriber's location. DBS, by exception, is now included in the 
SBA's broad economic census category, Wired Telecommunications 
Carriers,\46\ which was developed for small wireline firms. Under this 
category, the SBA deems a wireline business to be small if it has 1,500 
or fewer employees.\47\ To gauge small business prevalence for the DBS 
service, the Commission relies on data currently available from the 
U.S. Census for the year 2007. According to that source, there were 
3,188 firms that in 2007 were Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Of 
these, 3,144 operated with less than 1,000 employees, and 44 operated 
with more than 1,000 employees. However, as to the latter 44 there is 
no data available that shows how many operated with more than 1,500 
employees. Based on this data, the majority of these firms can be 
considered small.\48\ Currently, only two entities provide DBS service, 
which requires a great investment of capital for operation: DIRECTV and 
EchoStar Communications Corporation (``EchoStar'') (marketed as the 
DISH Network).\49\ Each currently offers subscription services. DIRECTV 
\50\ and EchoStar \51\ each report annual revenues that are in excess 
of the threshold for a small business. Because DBS service requires 
significant capital, we believe it is unlikely that a small entity as 
defined by the SBA would have the financial wherewithal to become a DBS 
service provider.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \46\ See 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517110).
    \47\ Id.
    \48\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information: 
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of 
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517110), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
    \49\ See Annual Assessment of the Status of Competition in the 
Market for the Delivery of Video Programming, Fifteenth Annual 
Report, MB Docket No. 12-203, 28 FCC Rcd 10496, 10507, para. 27 
(2013) (``15th Annual Report'').
    \50\ As of June 2012, DIRECTV is the largest DBS operator and 
the second largest MVPD, serving an estimated 19.8% of MVPD 
subscribers nationwide. See 15th Annual Report, 28 FCC Rcd at 687, 
Table B-3.
    \51\ As of June 2012, DISH Network is the second largest DBS 
operator and the third largest MVPD, serving an estimated 13.01% of 
MVPD subscribers nationwide. Id. As of June 2006, Dominion served 
fewer than 500,000 subscribers, which may now be receiving ``Sky 
Angel'' service from DISH Network. See id. at 581, para. 76.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    126. Cable and Other Subscription Programming. This industry 
comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating studios and 
facilities for the broadcasting of programs on a subscription or fee 
basis. The broadcast programming is typically narrowcast in nature 
(e.g., limited format, such as news, sports, education, or youth-
oriented). These establishments produce programming in their own 
facilities or acquire programming. The programming material is usually 
delivered to a third party, such as cable systems or direct-to-home 
satellite systems, for transmission to viewers.\52\ The SBA size 
standard for this industry establishes as small any company in this 
category which receives annual receipts of $38.5 million or less.\53\ 
Based on U.S. Census data for 2007, a total of 659 establishments 
operated for the entire year.\54\ Of that 659, 197 operated with annual 
receipts of $10 million or more. The remaining 462 establishments 
operated with annual receipts of less than $10 million. Based on this 
data, the Commission estimates that the majority of establishments 
operating in this industry are small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \52\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515210 Cable 
and Other Subscription Programming, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515210&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 
2014).
    \53\ See 13 CF R section 121.201 (NAICS code 515210).
    \54\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ1, Information: 
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Receipts Size of 
Establishments for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 515210), 
http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    127. Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications 
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as 
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in 
manufacturing radio and television broadcast and wireless 
communications equipment. Examples of products made by these 
establishments are: Transmitting and receiving antennas, cable 
television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular phones, mobile 
communications equipment, and radio and television studio and 
broadcasting

[[Page 71722]]

equipment.'' \55\ The SBA has developed a small business size standard 
for Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications 
Equipment Manufacturing, which is: All such firms having 750 or fewer 
employees.\56\ According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a 
total of 939 establishments in this category that operated for part or 
all of the entire year. Of this total, 912 had less than 500 employees 
and 17 had more than 1000 employees.\57\ Thus, under that size 
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \55\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334220 Radio 
and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment 
Manufacturing, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
    \56\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
    \57\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing: 
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors 
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    128. Audio and Video Equipment Manufacturing. The SBA has 
classified the manufacturing of audio and video equipment under in 
NAICS Codes classification scheme as an industry in which a 
manufacturer is small if it has fewer than 750 employees.\58\ Data 
contained in the 2007 U.S. Census indicate that 492 establishments 
operated in that industry for all or part of that year. In that year, 
488 establishments had fewer than 500 employees; and only 1 had more 
than 1000 employees.\59\ Thus, under the applicable size standard, a 
majority of manufacturers of audio and video equipment may be 
considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \58\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334310).
    \59\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing: 
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors 
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334310), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    129. Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except satellite). The 
Census Bureau defines this category as follows: ``This industry 
comprises establishments engaged in operating and maintaining switching 
and transmission facilities to provide communications via the airwaves. 
Establishments in this industry have spectrum licenses and provide 
services using that spectrum, such as cellular phone services, paging 
services, wireless Internet access, and wireless video services.'' \60\ 
The appropriate size standard under SBA rules is for the category 
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). The size 
standard for that category is that a business is small if it has 1,500 
or fewer employees.\61\ For this category, census data for 2007 show 
that there were 1,383 firms that operated for the entire year.\62\ Of 
this total, 1,368 firms had employment of 999 or fewer employees and 15 
had employment of 1000 employees or more.\63\ Similarly, according to 
Commission data, 413 carriers reported that they were engaged in the 
provision of wireless telephony, including cellular service, PCS, and 
Specialized Mobile Radio (``SMR'') Telephony services.\64\ Of these, an 
estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 152 have more than 
1,500 employees.\65\ Consequently, the Commission estimates that 
approximately half or more of these firms can be considered small. 
Thus, using available data, we estimate that the majority of wireless 
firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \60\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 517210 Wireless 
Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite), http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517210&search=2012 
(last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
    \61\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517210).
    \62\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information: 
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of 
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
    \63\ Id. Available census data do not provide a more precise 
estimate of the number of firms that have employment of 1,500 or 
fewer employees; the largest category provided is for firms with 
1000 employees or more.
    \64\ See Trends in Telephone Service at Table 5.3.
    \65\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    130. Manufacturers of unlicensed devices. In the context of this 
FRFA, manufacturers of part 15 unlicensed devices that are operated in 
the UHF-TV band (channels 14-51) for wireless data transfer fall into 
the category of Radio and Television and Wireless Communications 
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as 
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in 
manufacturing radio and television broadcast and wireless 
communications equipment. Examples of products made by these 
establishments are: Transmitting and receiving antennas, cable 
television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular phones, mobile 
communications equipment, and radio and television studio and 
broadcasting equipment.'' \66\ The SBA has developed the small business 
size standard for this category as firms having 750 or fewer 
employees.\67\ According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a 
total of 939 establishments in this category that operated for the 
entire year.\68\ Of this total, 912 had less than 500 employees and 17 
had more than 1000 employees. Thus, under that size standard, the 
majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \66\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334220 Radio 
and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment 
Manufacturing, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
    \67\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
    \68\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing: 
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors 
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    131. Personal Radio Services/Wireless Medical Telemetry Service 
(``WMTS''). Personal radio services provide short-range, low power 
radio for personal communications, radio signaling, and business 
communications not provided for in other services. The Personal Radio 
Services include spectrum licensed under part 95 of our rules.\69\ 
These services include Citizen Band Radio Service (``CB''), General 
Mobile Radio Service (``GMRS''), Radio Control Radio Service (``R/C''), 
Family Radio Service (``FRS''), Wireless Medical Telemetry Service 
(``WMTS''), Medical Implant Communications Service (``MICS''), Low 
Power Radio Service (``LPRS''), and Multi-Use Radio Service 
(``MURS'').\70\ There are a variety of methods used to license the 
spectrum in these rule parts, from licensing by rule, to conditioning 
operation on successful completion of a required test, to site-based 
licensing, to geographic area licensing. Under the RFA, the Commission 
is required to make a determination of which small entities are 
directly affected by the rules adopted. Since all such entities are 
wireless, we apply the definition of Wireless Telecommunications 
Carriers (except Satellite), pursuant to which a small entity is 
defined as employing 1,500 or fewer persons.\71\ For this category, 
census data for 2007 show that there were 1,383 firms that operated for 
the entire year.\72\ Of this total, 1,368 firms had employment of 999 
or fewer

[[Page 71723]]

employees and 15 had employment of 1000 employees or more.\73\ Thus 
under this category and the associated small business size standard, 
the Commission estimates that the majority of personal radio service 
and WMTS providers are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \69\ 47 CFR part 95.
    \70\ The Citizens Band Radio Service, General Mobile Radio 
Service, Radio Control Radio Service, Family Radio Service, Wireless 
Medical Telemetry Service, Medical Implant Communications Service, 
Low Power Radio Service, and Multi-Use Radio Service are governed by 
subpart D, subpart A, subpart C, subpart B, subpart H, subpart I, 
subpart G, and subpart J, respectively, of part 95 of the 
Commission's rules. See generally 47 CFR part 95.
    \71\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS Code 517210).
    \72\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information: 
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of 
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
    \73\ Id. Available census data do not provide a more precise 
estimate of the number of firms that have employment of 1,500 or 
fewer employees; the largest category provided is for firms with 
1000 employees or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    132. However, we note that many of the licensees in these services 
are individuals, and thus are not small entities. In addition, due to 
the mostly unlicensed and shared nature of the spectrum utilized in 
many of these services, the Commission lacks direct information upon 
which to base a more specific estimation of the number of small 
entities under an SBA definition that might be directly affected by our 
action.
    133. Motion Picture and Video Production. The Census Bureau defines 
this category as follows: ``This industry comprises establishments 
primarily engaged in producing, or producing and distributing motion 
pictures, videos, television programs, or television commercials.'' 
\74\ The SBA has developed a small business size standard for this 
category, which is: All such businesses having $30 million dollars or 
less in annual receipts.\75\ Census data for 2007 show that there were 
9,478 establishments that operated that year.\76\ Of that number, 9,128 
had annual receipts of $24,999,999 or less, and 350 had annual receipts 
ranging from not less than $25,000,000 to $100,000,000 or more.\77\ 
Thus, under this size standard, the majority of such businesses can be 
considered small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \74\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 512110 Motion 
Picture and Video Production, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=512110&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
    \75\ 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 512110.
    \76\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information: 
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of 
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 512110), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
    \77\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    134. Radio Broadcasting. The SBA defines a radio broadcast station 
as a small business if such station has no more than $38.5 million in 
annual receipts.\78\ Business concerns included in this industry are 
those ``primarily engaged in broadcasting aural programs by radio to 
the public.'' \79\ According to review of the BIA Publications, Inc. 
Master Access Radio Analyzer Database as of November 26, 2013, about 
11,331 (or about 99.9 percent) of 11,341 commercial radio stations have 
revenues of $35.5 million or less and thus qualify as small entities 
under the SBA definition. The Commission notes, however, that, in 
assessing whether a business concern qualifies as small under the above 
definition, business (control) affiliations \80\ must be included. This 
estimate, therefore, likely overstates the number of small entities 
that might be affected, because the revenue figure on which it is based 
does not include or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \78\ 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 515112.
    \79\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515112 Radio 
Broadcasting, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515112&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
    \80\ See n.14.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    135. In addition, an element of the definition of ``small 
business'' is that the entity not be dominant in its field of 
operation. The Commission is unable at this time to define or quantify 
the criteria that would establish whether a specific radio station is 
dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly, the estimate of small 
businesses to which rules may apply does not exclude any radio station 
from the definition of a small business on this basis and therefore may 
be over-inclusive to that extent. Also, as noted, an additional element 
of the definition of ``small business'' is that the entity must be 
independently owned and operated. The Commission notes that it is 
difficult at times to assess these criteria in the context of media 
entities and the estimates of small businesses to which they apply may 
be over-inclusive to this extent.
    136. Radio, Television, and Other Electronics Stores. The Census 
Bureau defines this economic census category as follows: ``This U.S. 
industry comprises: (1) establishments known as consumer electronics 
stores primarily engaged in retailing a general line of new consumer-
type electronic products such as televisions, computers, and cameras; 
(2) establishments specializing in retailing a single line of consumer-
type electronic products; (3) establishments primarily engaged in 
retailing these new electronic products in combination with repair and 
support services; (4) establishments primarily engaged in retailing new 
prepackaged computer software; and/or (5) establishments primarily 
engaged in retailing prerecorded audio and video media, such as CDs, 
DVDs, and tapes.'' \81\ The SBA has developed a small business size 
standard for Electronic Stores, which is: All such firms having $32.5 
million or less in annual receipts.\82\ According to Census Bureau data 
for 2007, there were 11,358 firms in this category that operated for 
the entire year.\83\ Of this total, 11,323 firms had annual receipts of 
under $25 million, and 35 firms had receipts of $25 million or more but 
less than $50 million.\84\ Thus, the majority of firms in this category 
can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \81\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions, 443142 
Electronics, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=443142&search=2012 NAICS Search (last visited May 6, 
2014).
    \82\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 443142.
    \83\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Subject Series: 
Retail Trade, Estab & Firm Size: Summary Statistics by Sales Size of 
Firms for the United States: 2007, NAICS code 443142 (released 
2010), http://www2.census.gov/econ2007/EC/sector44/EC0744SSSZ4.zip 
(last visited May 7, 2014). Though the current small business size 
standard for electronic store receipts is $30 million or less in 
annual receipts, in 2007 the small business size standard was $9 
million or less in annual receipts. In 2007, there were 11,214 firms 
in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this total, 
10,963 firms had annual receipts of under $5 million, and 251 firms 
had receipts of $5 million or more but less than $10 million. Id.
    \84\ Id. An additional 33 firms had annual receipts of $50 
million or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

G. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other 
Compliance Requirements for Small Entities

    137. In this proceeding, we invited comment on potential revisions 
to the existing rules for part 74 wireless microphone (and other LPAS) 
operations in the spectrum that will remain allocated for TV services 
following the repacking process. Specifically, we invited comment on 
revisions to the technical rules for LPAS operations on the VHF band; 
on permitting licensed LPAS operations on channels in locations closer 
to the television stations (including within the DTV contour), without 
the need for coordination, provided that the television signal falls 
below specified technical thresholds; on adoption of the ETSI emission 
mask standard for analog and digital wireless microphones; and general 
comment on other potential revisions concerning licensed LPAS 
operations in the TV bands.
    138. We understand the importance of the 944-952 MHz band for 
broadcasters as well as other licensed, professional wireless 
microphone users. Consistent with this record and in accord with 
adoption of the ETSI standard for LPAS devices in the TV bands. we also 
adopt the ETSI standards EN 300 422-1, section 8.3.1.2 for analog 
emissions and section 8.3.2.2 for digital emissions uniformly for 
future wireless microphones that will use this band--applying these 
revised standards to new

[[Page 71724]]

equipment certified under part 74 in the 944-952 MHz band 9 months 
after issuance of the Channel Reassignment PN, consistent with the 
requirements for new equipment certified for LPAS devices that operate 
in the TV bands. Further, we expand eligibility for operations in the 
944-952 MHz band to include all entities currently eligible to hold 
LPAS licenses for operation in the TV bands, which should help address 
the need for additional spectrum outside of the TV bands for this 
entire group of licensed users.
    139. Licensed LPAS users operating in the 944-952 MHz band (as in 
the TV bands) are subject to the frequency selection requirements 
contained in section 74.803 of our rules.\85\ SBE runs a local 
frequency coordination program for this band and asserts its 
coordination would have to be mandatory in order to avoid interference 
among different licensees.\86\ Accordingly, we will also require 
wireless microphone users seeking access to this band to coordinate 
their proposed use through the local SBE coordinator.\87\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \85\ See 47 CFR 74.803.
    \86\ SBE Comments at 13.
    \87\ These processes are described on SBE's Web site. See The 
Society of Broadcast Engineers, Frequency Coordination, http://www.sbe.org/sections/freq_local.php.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    140. Consumer Outreach. We find that several means should be 
employed to provide as much notice as possible to users of the need to 
clear the 600 MHz Band of wireless microphones. We direct CGB, working 
with WTB and OET, to establish a Web page on the Commission's Web site, 
and prepare and release consumer publications, including a Consumer 
Fact Sheet and answers to Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), that 
inform the public of our decisions affecting wireless microphone 
operations in the repurposed 600 MHz Band and the guard bands, as set 
forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, this R&O, and the Part 15 Report 
and Order.\88\ We further direct Commission staff to identify and 
contact organizations that represent entities that are known to be 
users of wireless microphones in the 600 MHz Band, including groups 
that represent theaters, houses of worship, and sporting venues. We 
will inform these entities of our decisions affecting wireless 
microphone operations in the repurposed spectrum and available 
resources for information on options for wireless microphone use going 
forward.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \88\ See part 15 Report and Order, section [__] (discussing 
requirements relating to unlicensed wireless microphones).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    141. Further, we expect all manufacturers of wireless microphones 
to make significant efforts to ensure that all users of such equipment 
capable of operating in the 600 MHz Band are fully informed of the 
decisions affecting them, as set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, 
this Report and Order, and the Part 15 Report and Order. Specifically, 
we expect these manufacturers, at a minimum, to ensure that these users 
are informed of the need to clear the 600 MHz Band. Manufacturers also 
should inform users of wireless microphones that they may continue to 
operate in the 600 MHz Band until the end of the post-auction 
transition period, but only subject to the conditions set forth in 
these orders, including the early clearing mechanisms. Further, we 
expect all manufacturers to contact dealers, distributors, and anyone 
else who has purchased wireless microphones, and inform them of our 
decisions to help clear the 600 MHz Band. Manufacturers should also 
provide information on these decisions to any users that have filed 
warranty registrations for 600 MHz Band equipment with the 
manufacturer. We also expect manufacturers to post this information on 
their Web sites and include it in all of their sales literature.
    142. In addition, we urge all manufacturers to offer rebates and 
trade-in programs for any 600 MHz Band wireless microphones, and widely 
publicize these programs to ensure that all users of wireless 
microphones are fully informed. To the extent manufacturers do not 
offer a rebate or trade-in program for 600 MHz Band wireless 
microphones, we strongly encourage them to create or re-establish such 
programs. In contacting dealers and distributors, we expect 
manufacturers to inform these entities that they should: (1) Inform all 
customers who have purchased wireless microphones that are capable of 
operating in the 600 MHz Band of our decision to clear the 600 MHz Band 
of such devices; (2) post such information on their Web sites; (3) 
include this information in all other sales literature; (4) provide 
information in sales literature, including on their Web sites, on the 
availability of any manufacturer rebate offerings and trade-in programs 
related to wireless microphones operating in the 600 MHz Band; and (5) 
comply with the disclosure requirements that we are adopting in this 
Report and Order.
    143. Disclosure Requirement. We require anyone selling, leasing, or 
offering for sale or lease wireless microphones that operate in the 600 
MHz Band to provide certain written disclosures to consumers, pursuant 
to section 302. These entities must display the Consumer Disclosure, 
the text of which will be developed by Commission staff, at the point 
of sale or lease,\89\ in a clear, conspicuous, and readily legible 
manner. In addition, the Consumer Disclosure must be displayed on the 
Web site of the manufacturer (even in the event the manufacturer does 
not sell wireless microphones directly to the public) and of dealers, 
distributors, retailers, and anyone else selling or leasing the 
devices. We delegate authority to the Consumer and Governmental Affairs 
Bureau, working with the Wireless Telecommunications Bureau and the 
Office of Engineering and Technology, to prepare the specific language, 
following issuance of the Channel Reassignment PN, that must be used in 
the Consumer Disclosure and publish it in the Federal Register. As 
discussed above, there is more than one way in which the point-of-sale 
Consumer Disclosure may be provided to potential purchasers or lessees 
of wireless microphones, but each of them must satisfy all the 
requirements noted above, including that the disclosure be provided in 
writing at the point of sale in a clear, conspicuous, and readily 
legible manner. One way to fulfill this disclosure requirement would be 
to display the Consumer Disclosure in a prominent manner on the product 
box by using a label (either printed onto the box or otherwise affixed 
to the box), a sticker, or other means. Another way to fulfill the 
disclosure requirement would be to display the text immediately 
adjacent to each wireless microphone offered for sale or lease and 
clearly associated with the model to which it pertains. For wireless 
microphones offered online or via direct mail or catalog, the 
disclosure must be prominently displayed in close proximity to the 
images and descriptions of each wireless microphone. We will require 
manufacturers, dealers, distributors, and other entities that sell or 
lease wireless microphones for operation in the 600 MHz Band to comply 
with the disclosure requirements no later than three months following 
issuance of the Channel Reassignment PN, and we encourage these 
entities to provide consumers with the required information 
earlier.\90\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \89\ By ``point of sale or lease'' we mean the place or Web site 
where wireless microphones are displayed or offered for consumers to 
purchase or lease.
    \90\ This disclosure requirement requires approval from the 
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) as a new information 
collection under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). We anticipate 
approval of the requirement shortly following publication of a 
summary of this Report and Order in the Federal Register, 
sufficiently in advance of the date by which the disclosure 
requirement goes into effect.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 71725]]

E. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant Economic Impact on Small 
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered

    144. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant 
alternatives that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach, 
which may include the following four alternatives (among others): (1) 
The establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or 
timetables that take into account the resources available to small 
entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of 
compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities; 
(3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an 
exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small 
entities.\91\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \91\ See 5 U.S.C. 603(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    145. The rule revisions that we are adopting provide additional 
opportunities for licensed wireless microphone users, both in frequency 
bands in which they currently operate and in additional frequency 
bands. The majority of these changes are permissive, meaning that 
wireless microphone manufacturers may choose to incorporate new 
capabilities in future devices. We adopt rules to establish cutoff 
dates for the certification, manufacturing and marketing of licensed 
wireless microphones in the 600 MHz band repurposed for wireless 
services following the incentive auction. We will no longer accept 
applications to certify licensed wireless microphones that operate in 
the 600 MHz band nine months after the release of the Channel 
Reassignment PN or no later than 24 months after the effective date of 
the new rules, whichever occurs first. We will require that 
manufacturing and marketing of all licensed wireless microphones that 
would not comply with the 600 MHz Band cease 18 months after release of 
the Channel Reassignment PN or no later than 33 months after the 
effective date of the new rules, whichever occurs first.
    Report to Congress: The Commission will send a copy of the Report 
and Order, including this FRFA, in a report to Congress pursuant to the 
Congressional Review Act.\92\ In addition, the Commission will send a 
copy of the Report and Order, including this FRFA, to the Chief Counsel 
for Advocacy of the SBA. A copy of the Report and Order and FRFA (or 
summaries thereof) will also be published in the Federal Register.\93\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \92\ See 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
    \93\ See 5 U.S.C. 604(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    146. The Office of Federal Register (OFR) recently revised the 
regulations to require that agencies must discuss in the preamble of 
the rule ways that the materials the agency incorporates by reference 
are reasonably available to interested persons and how interested 
parties can obtain the materials. In addition, the preamble of the rule 
must summarize the material. 1 CFR 51.5(b). In accordance with OFR's 
requirements, the discussion in this section summarizes ETSI standard. 
The following document is available from the European 
Telecommunications Standards Institute, 650 Route des Lucioles, F-06921 
Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France, or at http://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/3004000_300499/30042201/01.04.02_60/en_30042201v01010402p.pdf. 
``ETSI EN 300 422-1 V1.4.2 (2011-08): Electromagnetic compatibility and 
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 
GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of 
measurement, August 2011, IBR approved for section 15.236(g).'' This 
standard requires wireless microphones to meet certain emission 
requirements which will protect authorized services in adjacent bands 
from harmful interference, and will improve spectrum sharing by 
wireless microphones.
    Congressional Review Act: The Commission will send a copy of this 
Report and Order to Congress and the Government Accountability Office 
pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).

IV. Ordering Clauses

    147. Pursuant to sections 1, 4(i), 4(j), 7(a), 301, 302, 303(f), 
303(g), and 303(r) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 
U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j), 157(a), 301, 302a, 303(f), 303(g), and 
303(r), this Report and Order is adopted.
    148. Parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 
parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90, ARE AMENDED as set forth in the final 
rules.
    149. The rules adopted herein will become effective December 17, 
2015, except for sections 15.37(k) and 74.851(l), which contain new or 
modified information collection requirements that require approval by 
the OMB under the PRA, which will become effective after the Commission 
publishes a notice in the Federal Register announcing such approval and 
the relevant effective date.
    150. The Commission's Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau, 
Reference Information Center, shall send a copy of this Report and 
Order, including the Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to the 
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration.
    151. Pursuant to section 4(i) of the Communications Act of 1934, as 
amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), and section 1.925 of the Commission's rules, 
47 CFR 1.925, that the waiver request filed on July 16, 2009 and 
revised on September 23, 2009 by the Nuclear Energy Institute and the 
United Telecom Council for waiver of parts 2 and 90 of the Commission's 
rules IS DISMISSED AS MOOT IN PART as set forth in the Order and 
otherwise denied.
    152. Pursuant to section 5(c) of the Communications Act of 1934, as 
amended, 47 U.S.C. prepare the specific language that must be used in 
the Consumer Disclosure, as set forth in this Report 47

List of Subjects

47 CFR Part 2

    Communication equipment and Reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements.

47 CFR Part 15

    Communications equipment, Incorporation by reference, and Reporting 
and recordkeeping requirements.

47 CFR Part 74

    Communication equipment, Education, Incorporation by reference, and 
Report and recordkeeping requirements.

47 CFR Part 87

    Commination equipment and Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

47 CFR Part 90

    Communication equipment, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.

Final Rules

    For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal 
Communications Commission amends 47 CFR parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90 as 
follows:

PART 2--FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS AND RADIO TREATY MATTERS; GENERAL 
RULES AND REGULATIONS

0
1. The authority citation for part 2 continues to read as follows:


[[Page 71726]]


    Authority:  47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, and 336, unless otherwise 
noted.


0
2. Section 2.106, the Table of Frequency Allocations, is amended as 
follows:
0
a. Page 33 is revised.
0
b. In the list of United States (US) Footnotes, footnote US84 is added.


Sec.  2.106  Table of Frequency Allocations.

    The revision and addition read as follows:
* * * * *
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P

[[Page 71727]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17NO15.000


[[Page 71728]]


BILLING CODE 6712-01-C

United States (US) Footnotes

* * * * *
    US84 In the band 1435-1525 MHz, low power auxiliary stations may be 
authorized on a secondary basis, subject to the terms and conditions 
set forth in 47 CFR part 74, subpart H.
* * * * *

PART 15--RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES

0
3. The authority citation for part 15 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  47 U.S.C. 154, 302, 303, 304, 307, 336, 554a and 
549.


0
4. Section 15.37 is amended by adding reserved paragraphs (i) and (j) 
and adding paragraph (k) to read as follows:


Sec.  15.37  Transition provisions for compliance with the rules.

* * * * *
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) [Reserved]
    (k) Disclosure requirements for unlicensed wireless microphones 
capable of operating in the 600 MHz service band. Any person who 
manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for sale or lease, unlicensed 
wireless microphones that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz 
service band, as defined in this part, three months following issuance 
of the Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as defined in section 
73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter, is subject to the following disclosure 
requirements:
    (1) Such persons must display the consumer disclosure text, as 
specified by the Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau, at the point 
of sale or lease of each such unlicensed wireless microphone. The text 
must be displayed in a clear, conspicuous, and readily legible manner. 
One way to fulfill the requirement in this section is to display the 
consumer disclosure text in a prominent manner on the product box by 
using a label (either printed onto the box or otherwise affixed to the 
box), a sticker, or other means. Another way to fulfill this 
requirement is to display the text immediately adjacent to each 
unlicensed wireless microphone offered for sale or lease and clearly 
associated with the model to which it pertains.
    (2) If such persons offer such unlicensed wireless microphones via 
direct mail, catalog, or electronic means, they shall prominently 
display the consumer disclosure text in close proximity to the images 
and descriptions of each such unlicensed wireless microphone. The text 
should be in a size large enough to be clear, conspicuous, and readily 
legible, consistent with the dimensions of the advertisement or 
description.
    (3) If such persons have Web sites pertaining to these unlicensed 
wireless microphones, the consumer disclosure text must be displayed 
there in a clear, conspicuous, and readily legible manner (even in the 
event such persons do not sell unlicensed wireless microphones directly 
to the public).
    (4) The consumer disclosure text described in paragraph (k)(1) of 
this section is set forth as an appendix to this section.
* * * * *


Sec.  15.216  [Removed and Reserved]

0
5. Section 15.216 is removed and reserved.

PART 74--EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST AND OTHER 
PROGRAM DISTRIBUTION SERVICES

0
6. The authority citation for part 74 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 336, and 554.


0
7. Section 74.801 is amended by adding in alphabetical order 
definitions for ``600 MHz duplex gap,'' . ``600 MHz guard bands,'' 
``600 MHz service band,'' and ``Spectrum Act'' to read as follows:


Sec.  74.801  Definitions

    600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 megahertz guard band that separates part 
27 600 MHz service uplink and downlink frequencies, in accordance with 
the terms and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268, pursuant 
to section 6403 of the Spectrum Act.
    600 MHz guard bands. Designated frequency bands that prevent 
interference between licensed services in the 600 MHz service band and 
either the television bands or channel 37, in accordance with the terms 
and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268, pursuant to section 
6403 of the Spectrum Act.
    600 MHz service band. Frequencies that will be reallocated and 
reassigned for 600 MHz band services as determined by the outcome of 
the auction conducted pursuant to part 27, in accordance with the terms 
and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268, pursuant to section 
6403 of the Spectrum Act

    Note to definitions of 600 MHz duplex gap, 600 MHz guard bands, 
and 600 MHz service band:
    The specific frequencies will be determined in light of further 
proceedings pursuant to GN Docket No. 12-268 and the rules will be 
updated accordingly pursuant to a future public notice.

* * * * *
    Spectrum Act. Title VI of the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job 
Creation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112-96).
* * * * *

0
8. Section 74.802 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) and (b)(2) to 
read as follows:


Sec.  74.802  Frequency assignment.

    (a)(1) Frequencies within the following bands may be assigned for 
use by low power auxiliary stations:

26.100-26.480 MHz
54.000-72.000 MHz
76.000-88.000 MHz
161.625-161.775 MHz (except in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands)
174.000-216.000 MHz
450.000-451.000 MHz
455.000-456.000 MHz
470.000-488.000 MHz
488.000-494.000 MHz (except Hawaii)
494.000-608.000 MHz
614.000-698.000 MHz
941.500-952.000 MHz
952.850-956.250 MHz
956.45-959.85 MHz
1435-1525 MHz
6875.000-6900.000 MHz
7100.000-7125.000 MHz

    (2) [Reserved]
    (b) * * *
    (2) Low power auxiliary stations may operate closer to co-channel 
TV broadcast stations than the distances specified in paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section provided that such operations either--
    (i) Are coordinated with TV broadcast stations that could be 
affected by the low power auxiliary station operation, and coordination 
is completed prior to operation of the low power auxiliary station; or
    (ii) Are limited to an indoor location that is not being used for 
over-the-air television viewing, and the following conditions are met 
with respect to the TV channel used: The TV signal falls below a 
threshold of -84 dBm over the entire channel; the signal is scanned 
across the full 6 megahertz channel where the wireless microphones 
would be operated; and to the extent that directional antennas are 
used, they are rotated to the place of maximum signal.
* * * * *

0
9. Section 74.803 is amended by adding paragraphs (c) and (d) to read 
as follows:


Sec.  74.803  Frequency selection to avoid interference.

* * * * *
    (c) In the 941.500-952.000 MHz, 952.850-956.250 MHz, 956.45-959.85

[[Page 71729]]

MHz, 6875.000-6900.000 MHz, and 7100.000-7125.000 MHz bands low power 
auxiliary station usage is secondary to other uses (e.g. Aural 
Broadcast Auxiliary, Television Broadcast Auxiliary, Cable Relay 
Service, Fixed Point to Point Microwave) and must not cause harmful 
interference. Applicants are responsible for selecting the frequency 
assignments that are least likely to result in mutual interference with 
other licensees in the same area. Applicants must consult local 
frequency coordination committees, where they exist, for information on 
frequencies available in the area. In selecting frequencies, 
consideration should be given to the relative location of receive 
points, normal transmission paths, and the nature of the contemplated 
operation.
    (d) In the 1435-1525 MHz band, low power auxiliary stations (LPAS) 
are limited to operations at specific fixed locations that have been 
coordinated with the frequency coordinator for aeronautical mobile 
telemetry, the Aerospace and Flight Test Radio Coordinating Committee. 
LPAS devices must complete authentication and location verification 
before operation begins, employ software-based controls or similar 
functionality to prevent devices in the band from operating except in 
the specific channels, locations, and time periods that have been 
coordinated, and be capable of being tuned to any frequency in the 
band. Use is limited to situations where there is a need to deploy 
large numbers of LPAS for specified time periods, and use of other 
available spectrum resources is insufficient to meet the LPAS 
licensee's needs at the specific location. All LPAS devices operating 
in a particular area in the band may have access to no more than 30 
megahertz of spectrum in the band at a given time.

0
10. Section 74.831 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  74.831  Scope of service and permissible transmissions.

    The license for a low power auxiliary station authorizes the 
transmission of cues and orders to production personnel and 
participants in broadcast programs, motion pictures, and major events 
or productions and in the preparation therefor, the transmission of 
program material by means of a wireless microphone worn by a performer 
and other participants in a program, motion picture, or major event or 
production during rehearsal and during the actual broadcast, filming, 
recording, or event or production, or the transmission of comments, 
interviews, and reports from the scene of a remote broadcast. Low power 
auxiliary stations operating in the 941.5-952 MHz, 952.850-956.250 MHz, 
956.45-959.85 MHz, 6875-6900 MHz, and 7100-7125 MHz bands may, in 
addition, transmit synchronizing signals and various control signals to 
portable or hand-carried TV cameras which employ low power radio 
signals in lieu of cable to deliver picture signals to the control 
point at the scene of a remote broadcast.

0
11. Section 74.832 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(6) and (d) to 
read as follows:


Sec.  74.832  Licensing requirements and procedures.

    (a) * * *
    (6) Licensees and conditional licensees of stations in the 
Broadband Radio Service as defined in section 27.1200 of this chapter, 
or entities that hold an executed lease agreement with a Broadband 
Radio Service or Educational Broadband Service licensee.
* * * * *
    (d) Cable television operations, motion picture and television 
program producers, large venue owners or operators, and professional 
sound companies may be authorized to operate low power auxiliary 
stations in the bands allocated for TV broadcasting, the 941.500-
952.000 MHz band, the 952.850-956.250 MHz band, the 956.45-959.85 MHz 
band, the 1435-1525 MHz band, the 6875-6900 MHz band, and the 7100-7125 
MHz band. In the 6875-6900 MHz and 7100-7125 MHz bands, entities 
eligible to hold licenses for cable television relay service stations 
(see section 78.13 of this chapter) shall also be eligible to hold 
licenses for low power auxiliary stations.
* * * * *

0
12. Section 74.851 is amended by revising the section heading and 
paragraph (i) and adding paragraphs (j), (k), and (l) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  74.851  Certification of equipment; prohibition on manufacture, 
import, sale, lease, offer for sale or lease, or shipment of devices 
that operate in the 700 MHz Band or the 600 MHz Band; labeling for 700 
MHz or 600 MHz band equipment destined for non-U.S. markets; 
disclosures.

* * * * *
    (i) Nine months after the release of the Commission's Channel 
Reassignment Public Notice issued pursuant to Expanding the Economic 
and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, 
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014), 
applications for certification shall no longer be accepted for low 
power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices that are 
capable of operating in the 600 MHz service band or the 600 MHz guard 
bands, or for low power auxiliary stations that are capable of 
operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap unless the operations are limited 
to the four megahertz segment from one to five megahertz above the 
lower edge of the 600 MHz duplex gap.
    (j) Eighteen months after the release of the Commission's Channel 
Reassignment Public Notice issued pursuant to Expanding the Economic 
and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, 
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014), no 
person shall manufacture, import, sell, lease, offer for sale or lease, 
or ship low power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices 
that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz service band or the 600 
MHz guard bands, or low power auxiliary stations that are capable of 
operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap unless the operations are limited 
to the four megahertz segment from one to five megahertz above the 
lower edge of the 600 MHz duplex gap. This prohibition does not apply 
to devices manufactured solely for export.
    (k) Eighteen months after the release of the Commission's Channel 
Reassignment Public Notice issued pursuant to Expanding the Economic 
and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, 
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014), any 
person who manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for sale or lease low 
power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices that are 
destined for non-U.S. markets and that are capable of operating in the 
600 MHz service band or the 600 MHz guard bands, or low power auxiliary 
stations that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap unless 
such operations are limited to the four megahertz segment from one to 
five megahertz above the lower edge of the 600 MHz duplex gap, shall 
include labeling and make clear in all sales, marketing, and packaging 
materials, including online materials, relating to such devices that 
the devices cannot be operated in the United States.
    (l) Disclosure requirements for low power auxiliary station and 
wireless video assist devices capable of operating in the 600 MHz 
service band. Any person who manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for 
sale or lease low power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist 
devices that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz service band three 
months following issuance of the

[[Page 71730]]

Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as defined in section 73.3700(a)(2) 
of this chapter, is subject to the following disclosure requirements:
    (1) Such persons must display the consumer disclosure text, as 
specified by the Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau, at the point 
of sale or lease of each such low power auxiliary station or wireless 
video assist device. The text must be displayed in a clear, 
conspicuous, and readily legible manner. One way to fulfill the 
requirement in this section is to display the consumer disclosure text 
in a prominent manner on the product box by using a label (either 
printed onto the box or otherwise affixed to the box), a sticker, or 
other means. Another way to fulfill this requirement is to display the 
text immediately adjacent to each low power auxiliary station or 
wireless video assist device offered for sale or lease and clearly 
associated with the model to which it pertains.
    (2) If such persons offer such low power auxiliary stations or 
wireless video assist device via direct mail, catalog, or electronic 
means, they shall prominently display the consumer disclosure text in 
close proximity to the images and descriptions of each such low power 
auxiliary station or wireless video assist device. The text should be 
in a size large enough to be clear, conspicuous, and readily legible, 
consistent with the dimensions of the advertisement or description.
    (3) If such persons have Web sites pertaining to these low power 
auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices, the consumer 
disclosure text must be displayed there in a clear, conspicuous, and 
readily legible manner (even in the event such persons do not sell low 
power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices directly to 
the public).
    (4) The consumer disclosure text described in paragraph (l)(1) of 
this section is set forth as an appendix to this section.
* * * * *

0
13. Section 74.861 is amended by revising paragraphs (d)(1) through 
(3), adding paragraph (d)(4), revising (e)(1)(i) and (ii), and adding 
paragraphs (e)(7) and (i) to read as follows:


Sec.  74.861  Technical requirements.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (1) For all bands except the 1435-1525 MHz band, the maximum 
transmitter power which will be authorized is 1 watt. In the 1435-1525 
MHz band, the maximum transmitter power which will be authorized is 250 
milliwatts. Licensees may accept the manufacturer's power rating; 
however, it is the licensee's responsibility to observe specified power 
limits.
    (2) If a low power auxiliary station employs amplitude modulation, 
modulation shall not exceed 100 percent on positive or negative peaks.
    (3) For the 26.1-26.480 MHz, 161.625-161.775 MHz, 450-451 MHz, and 
455-456 MHz bands, the occupied bandwidth shall not be greater than 
that necessary for satisfactory transmission and, in any event, an 
emission appearing on any discrete frequency outside the authorized 
band shall be attenuated, at least, 43+10 log\10\ (mean output power, 
in watts) dB below the mean output power of the transmitting unit. The 
requirements of this paragraph shall also apply to the applications for 
certification of equipment for the 944-952 MHz band until nine months 
after release of the Commission's Channel Reassignment Public Notice, 
as defined in section 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
    (4)(i) For the 941.5-952 MHz, 952.850-956.250 MHz, 956.45-959.85 
MHz, 1435-1525 MHz, 6875-6900 MHz and 7100-7125 MHz bands, analog 
emissions within the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz 
above the carrier frequency shall comply with the emission mask in 
Section 8.3.1.2 of the European Telecommunications Institute Standard 
ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08),. Beyond one megahertz below and 
above the carrier frequency, emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB below 
the level of the unmodulated carrier.
    (ii) For the 941.5-952 MHz, 952.850-956.250 MHz, 956.45-959.85 MHz, 
and 1435-1525 MHz bands, digital emissions within the band from one 
megahertz below to one megahertz above the carrier frequency shall 
comply with the emission mask in Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the 
European Telecommunications Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 
(2011-08. Beyond one megahertz below and above the carrier frequency, 
emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB below the level of the unmodulated 
carrier.
    (iii) In the 6875-6900 MHz and 7100-7125 MHz bands, digital 
emissions within the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz 
above the carrier frequency shall comply with the emission mask in 
Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 5) of the European Telecommunications Institute 
Standard ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08). Beyond one megahertz below 
and above the carrier frequency, emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB 
below the level of the unmodulated carrier.
    (iv) For the 944-952 MHz band, the requirements of this paragraph 
(d)(4) shall not apply to the applications for certification of 
equipment for that band until nine months after release of the 
Commission's Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as defined in section 
73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
    (e) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (i) 54-72, 76-88, and 174-216 MHz bands: 50 mW EIRP
    (ii) 470-608 and 614-698: 250 mW conducted power
* * * * *
    (7) Analog emissions within the band from one megahertz below to 
one megahertz above the carrier frequency shall comply with the 
emission mask in Section 8.3.1.2 of the European Telecommunications 
Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08). Digital 
emissions within the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz 
above the carrier frequency shall comply with the emission mask in 
Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the European Telecommunications Institute 
Standard ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08). Beyond one megahertz below 
and above the carrier frequency, emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB 
below the level of the unmodulated carrier. The requirements of this 
paragraph (e)(7) shall not apply to applications for certification of 
equipment in these bands until nine months after release of the 
Commission's Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as defined in Sec.  
73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
* * * * *
    (i) The materials listed in this section are incorporated by 
reference in this part. These incorporations by reference were approved 
by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These materials are incorporated as they 
exist on the date of the approval, and notice of any change in these 
materials will be published in the Federal Register. All approved 
material is available for inspection at the Federal Communications 
Commission, 445 12th St. SW., Reference Information Center, Room CY-
A257, Washington, DC 20554, (202) 418-0270 and is available from the 
sources below. It is also available for inspection at the National 
Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the 
availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to: 
http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
    (1) European Telecommunications Standards Institute, 650 Route des

[[Page 71731]]

Lucioles, 06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France. A copy of the standard 
is also available at http://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/300400_300499/30042201/01.03.02_60/en_30042201v010302p.pdf.
    (i) ETSI EN 300 422-1 V1.4.2 (2011-08): ``Electromagnetic 
compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in 
the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical characteristics 
and methods of measurement,'' Copyright 2011, IBR approved for section 
15.236(g).
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (2) [Reserved].

PART 87--AVIATION SERVICES

0
14. The authority citation for part 87 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303 and 307(e), unless otherwise 
noted.


0
15. Section 87.303 is amended by revising paragraph (d)(1) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  87.303  Frequencies

* * * * *
    (d)(1) Frequencies in the band 1435-1525 MHz are also available for 
low power auxiliary station use on a secondary basis.
* * * * *

PART 90--PRIVATE LAND MOBILE RADIO SERVICES

0
16. The authority citation for part 90 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  Sections 4(i), 11, 303(g), 303(r), and 332(c)(7) of 
the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 161, 
303(g), 303(r), and 332(c)(7), and Title VI of the Middle Class Tax 
Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012, Pub. L. 112-96, 126 Stat. 156.


0
17. Section 90.265 is amended by revising paragraph (b) introductory 
text and (b)(1) and (3) and adding paragraph (f) to read as follows:


Sec.  90.265  Assignment and use of frequencies in the bands allocated 
for Federal use.

* * * * *
    (b) The following frequencies are available for wireless microphone 
operations to eligibles in this part, subject to the provisions of this 
paragraph:

Frequencies (MHz)
    169.445
    169.475
    169.505
    170.245
    170.275
    170.305
    171.045
    171.075
    171.105
    171.845
    171.875
    171.905

    (1) On center frequencies 169.475 MHz, 170.275 MHz, 171.075 MHz, 
and 171.875 MHz, the emission bandwidth shall not exceed 200 kHz. On 
the other center frequencies listed in this paragraph (b), the emission 
bandwidth shall not exceed 54 kHz.
* * * * *
    (3) For emissions with a bandwidth not exceeding 54 kHz, the 
frequency stability of wireless microphones shall limit the total 
emission to within 32.5 kHz of the assigned frequency. 
Emissions with a bandwidth exceeding 54 kHz shall comply with the 
emission mask in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08).
* * * * *
    (f) The materials listed in this section are incorporated by 
reference in this part. These incorporations by reference were approved 
by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These materials are incorporated as they 
exist on the date of the approval, and notice of any change in these 
materials will be published in the Federal Register. All approved 
material is available for inspection at the Federal Communications 
Commission, 445 12th St. SW., Reference Information Center, Room CY-
A257, Washington, DC 20554, (202) 418-0270 and is available from the 
sources below. It is also available for inspection at the National 
Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the 
availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to: 
http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
    (1) European Telecommunications Standards Institute, 650 Route des 
Lucioles, 06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France. A copy of the standard 
is also available at http://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/300400_300499/30042201/01.03.02_60/en_30042201v010302p.pdf.
    (i) ETSI EN 300 422-1 V1.4.2 (2011-08): ``Electromagnetic 
compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in 
the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical characteristics 
and methods of measurement,'' Copyright 2011, IBR approved for section 
15.236(g).
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (2) [Reserved]

[FR Doc. 2015-28778 Filed 11-16-15; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 6712-01-P



                                           71702                Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                        TABLE 1—APPROVED BUT NOT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE STATUTES AND REGULATIONS—Continued
                                                                                                                          State effective
                                               State citation                         Title/subject                                                 EPA approval date                        Explanations
                                                                                                                               date

                                           173–400–260 ....           Conflict of Interest .........................              3/22/91    6/2/95, 60 FR 28726.

                                                                                                             Olympic Region Clean Air Agency Regulations

                                           8.1.6 ..................   Penalties .......................................           5/22/10    10/3/13, 78 FR 61188.

                                                                                                            Spokane Regional Clean Air Agency Regulations

                                           8.11 ...................   Regulatory Actions and Penalties                          09/02/14     09/28/15, 80 FR 58217.

                                                                                                                    Benton Clean Air Agency Regulations

                                           2.01 ...................   Powers and Duties of the Benton                           12/11/14     11/17/15 [Insert Federal    Register
                                                                        Clean Air Agency (BCAA).                                               citation].
                                           2.02 ...................   Requirements for Board of Direc-                          12/11/14     11/17/15 [Insert Federal    Register   Replaces WAC 173–400–220.
                                                                        tors Members.                                                          citation].
                                           2.03 ...................   Powers and Duties of the Board of                         12/11/14     11/17/15 [Insert Federal    Register
                                                                        Directors.                                                             citation].
                                           2.04 ...................   Powers and Duties of the Control                          12/11/14     11/17/15 [Insert Federal    Register
                                                                        Officer.                                                               citation].
                                           2.05 ...................   Severability ....................................         12/11/14     11/17/15 [Insert Federal    Register
                                                                                                                                               citation].
                                           2.06 ...................   Confidentiality of Records and In-                        12/11/14     11/17/15] [Insert Federal   Register
                                                                       formation.                                                              citation].



                                           *       *        *         *       *                                 operations to access spectrum in other                Consumer & Governmental Affairs
                                           [FR Doc. 2015–29180 Filed 11–16–15; 8:45 am]                         frequency bands where they can share                  Bureau at 202–418–0530 (voice), 202–
                                           BILLING CODE 6560–50–P                                               use of the bands without harming                      418–0432 (tty).
                                                                                                                existing users.
                                                                                                                                                                      Summary of Report and Order
                                                                                                                DATES: Effective December 17, 2015,
                                           FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS                                               except for the amendments to                             1. The repurposing of broadcast
                                           COMMISSION                                                           §§ 15.37(k) and 74.851(l), which contain              television band spectrum for wireless
                                                                                                                new or modified information collection                services set forth in the Incentive
                                           47 CFR Parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90                                   requirements that require approval by                 Auction R&O, 79 FR 48441, August 15,
                                           [GN Docket Nos. 14–166 and 12–268; FCC                               the OMB under the Paperwork                           2014, will significantly alter the
                                           15–100]                                                              Reduction Act (PRA). The Commission                   regulatory environment in which
                                                                                                                will publish a document in the Federal                wireless microphones operate.
                                           Promoting Spectrum Access for                                        Register announcing the effective date                Currently, wireless microphone users
                                           Wireless Microphone Operations                                       of the amendments when OMB                            rely heavily on access to unused
                                           AGENCY:  Federal Communications                                      approves. The incorporation by                        channels in the television bands.
                                           Commission.                                                          reference listed in the rule is approved              Following the incentive auction, with
                                                                                                                by the Director of the Federal Register               the repacking of the television band and
                                           ACTION: Final rule.
                                                                                                                as of December 17, 2015.                              the repurposing of current television
                                           SUMMARY:   In this document, the                                                                                           spectrum for wireless services, there
                                                                                                                FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Paul
                                           Commission takes several steps to                                                                                          will be fewer frequencies in the UHF
                                                                                                                Murray, Office of Engineering and
                                           accommodate the long-term needs of                                                                                         band available for use for wireless
                                                                                                                Technology, (202) 418–0688, email:
                                           wireless microphone users. Wireless                                                                                        microphone operations. The
                                                                                                                Paul.Murray@fcc.gov, TTY (202) 418–
                                           microphones play an important role in                                                                                      Commission took several steps in the
                                                                                                                2989.
                                           enabling broadcasters and other video                                                                                      Incentive Auction R&O to accommodate
                                           programming networks to serve                                        SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:       This is a            wireless microphone operations—
                                           consumers, including as they cover                                   summary of the Commission’s Report                    including providing more opportunities
                                           breaking news and live sports events.                                and Order (R&O), FCC 15–100, adopted                  to access spectrum on the channels that
                                           They enhance event productions in a                                  August 5, 2015, and released August 11,               will remain allocated for television post-
                                           variety of settings—including theaters                               2015. The full text of this document is               auction and making the 600 MHz Band
                                           and music venues, film studios,                                      available for inspection and copying                  guard bands available for wireless
                                           conventions, corporate events, houses of                             during normal business hours in the                   microphone operations—while also
                                           worship, and internet webcasts. They                                 FCC Reference Center (Room CY–A257),                  recognizing that the reduction of total
                                           also help create high quality content                                445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC                   available UHF band spectrum will
                                           that consumers demand and value. In                                  20554. The full text may also be                      require many wireless microphone users
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           particular, the Commission provides                                  downloaded at: www.fcc.gov. People                    to make adjustments over the next few
                                           additional opportunities for wireless                                with Disabilities: To request materials in            years regarding the spectrum that they
                                           microphone operations in the TV bands                                accessible formats for people with                    access and the equipment they use. To
                                           following the upcoming incentive                                     disabilities (braille, large print,                   facilitate wireless microphone users’
                                           auction, and provides new                                            electronic files, audio format), send an              ability to make these adjustments, the
                                           opportunities for wireless microphone                                email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the                   Commission provided that users could


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014       14:32 Nov 16, 2015       Jkt 238001     PO 00000      Frm 00022   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                                                              71703

                                           continue to access spectrum repurposed                               and can meet wireless microphone                                     different bands have varied, depending
                                           for wireless services during the post-                               users’ various needs while efficiently                               on the band, and generally are designed
                                           auction transition period, under                                     sharing the spectrum with other users.                               to enable wireless microphone users to
                                           specified conditions, as they transition                                                                                                  operate in shared bands along with
                                                                                                                I. Background
                                           affected services to alternative                                                                                                          other users.
                                           spectrum.                                                              3. In this proceeding the Commission
                                                                                                                                                                                     A. Wireless Microphone Operations
                                              2. This proceeding was initiated to                               uses the term ‘‘wireless microphones’’
                                           explore steps to address wireless                                    to reference wireless microphones and                                   4. Under current rules, the
                                           microphone users’ longer term needs.                                 other related wireless audio devices.                                Commission has authorized wireless
                                           The actions the Commission is taking in                              The Commission has authorized                                        microphones to operate both on a
                                           this R&O make additional spectrum                                    wireless microphone operations in                                    licensed basis, limited to specified
                                           resources available to accommodate                                   different spectrum bands to                                          users, and on an unlicensed basis. The
                                           wireless microphones users’ needs over                               accommodate the growing use of these                                 table below sets forth the bands in
                                           the long term. The Commission’s goal is                              devices by different users. The technical                            which wireless microphones and related
                                           to enable the development of a suite of                              and operational rules for wireless                                   audio devices generally operate today
                                           devices that operate in different bands                              microphone operations in these                                       pursuant to the Commission’s rules.

                                                                                  Frequency band                                                                Licensed/unlicensed                                     Rule part

                                           26.1–26.48 MHz (VHF) ..............................................................................      Licensed ............................................   Part   74.
                                           161.625–161.775 MHz (VHF) ....................................................................           Licensed ............................................   Part   74.
                                           Portions of 169–172 MHz band (VHF) .......................................................               Licensed ............................................   Part   90.
                                           88–108 MHz (FM) ......................................................................................   Unlicensed .........................................    Part   15.
                                           450–451, 455–456 MHz (UHF) ..................................................................            Licensed ............................................   Part   74.
                                           54–72, 76–88, 174–216, 470–608, 614–698 MHz (VHF and UHF) ..........                                     Licensed and unlicensed ..................              Part   74 and Part 15 (waiver).
                                           944–952 MHz (UHF) ..................................................................................     Licensed ............................................   Part   74.
                                           902–928 MHz, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz (ISM bands) ............................................                     Unlicensed .........................................    Part   15.
                                           1920–1930 MHz (unlicensed PCS) ............................................................              Unlicensed .........................................    Part   15.
                                           Ultra-wideband (3.1–10.6 GHz) ..................................................................         Unlicensed .........................................    Part   15.



                                              5. Recent actions affecting operations                            As part of its decision, the Commission                              operators of large venues that routinely
                                           in the TV bands. Most wireless                                       took several actions to accommodate                                  use 50 or more wireless microphones.
                                           microphones users today operate their                                wireless microphone operations,                                      B. Wireless Microphones NPRM
                                           devices on a secondary basis in the TV                               including making rule revisions to
                                           bands, with most operations occurring                                provide additional opportunities for                                    8. In the Notice of Proposed
                                           in the UHF TV bands. Recent actions                                  wireless microphone operations in the                                Rulemaking (NPRM), 79 FR 69387,
                                           taken by the Commission in three                                     bands that will remain allocated for                                 November 21, 2014 in this proceeding,
                                           proceedings affecting the TV bands                                   television following the incentive                                   the Commission examined wireless
                                           spectrum—which have involved the                                     auction, permitting wireless                                         microphone users’ needs and
                                           repurposing of UHF TV band spectrum                                  microphone operations in the newly-                                  technologies that can address them, and
                                           for wireless services in the 700 MHz                                 designated 600 MHz Band guard bands,                                 sought broad comment on a variety of
                                           band (channels 52–69, the 698–806                                    and providing for a transition period to                             existing and new spectrum bands that
                                           MHz band), the development of rules for                              give wireless microphone users that will                             might accommodate those needs in the
                                           TV white space devices in the TV                                     need to cease operating in the spectrum                              future. It presented an overview of
                                           bands, and the repurposing of the 600                                repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless                                 current wireless microphone operations,
                                           MHz Band following the upcoming                                      services sufficient time to replace their                            and observed that most wireless
                                           incentive auction—have affected and                                                                                                       microphone operations today occurred
                                                                                                                equipment and move operations to other
                                           will affect the future availability of                                                                                                    in the TV bands. It also generally
                                                                                                                spectrum bands available for wireless
                                           spectrum for wireless microphone users                                                                                                    discussed wireless microphone
                                                                                                                microphone uses.
                                           and uses in these bands. These                                                                                                            operations in other bands, both on a
                                           proceedings inform the instant                                          7. Finally, concurrent with adoption                              licensed and an unlicensed basis. It
                                           proceeding, providing the backdrop for                               of the Incentive Auction R&O, the                                    discussed the many different types of
                                           many of the issues the Commission is                                 Commission adopted the TV Bands                                      users and uses (e.g., broadcasters, major
                                           addressing in its efforts here to                                    Wireless Microphones Second R&O, 79                                  sports leagues and theater/
                                           accommodate wireless microphone                                      FR 40680, July 14, 2014, (part of WT                                 entertainment venues, houses of
                                           users and uses both in the near and                                  Dockets 08–166 and 08–167, ET Docket                                 worship, conference centers,
                                           longer term.                                                         No. 10–24) to broaden the eligibility for                            corporations, schools, etc.), different
                                              6. In the Incentive Auction R&O (GN                               wireless microphone operations in the                                types of wireless microphones serving
                                           Docket No. 12–268) adopted in May                                    TV bands to include entities that                                    specific needs and applications (from
                                           2014, the Commission adopted rules to                                regularly utilize a substantial number of                            extremely sophisticated, high fidelity
                                           implement the broadcast television                                   wireless microphones for large events                                microphones used in a professional
                                           spectrum incentive auction, which will                               and productions and which have the                                   setting, to microphones that do not
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           involve reorganizing the existing                                    same needs for interference protection                               require the same level of audio quality
                                           television band and repurposing a                                    as existing low power auxiliary station                              or performance to meet particular
                                           portion of the UHF television band for                               (LPAS) licensees. Specifically, the                                  needs), and varying operational
                                           new wireless broadband services, and                                 Commission expanded part 74 LPAS                                     environments (both outdoor and
                                           which will affect wireless microphone                                eligibility to include qualifying                                    indoor). It also noted that there had
                                           operations across the current TV bands.                              professional sound companies and                                     been many technological advances in


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014       14:32 Nov 16, 2015       Jkt 238001     PO 00000      Frm 00023      Fmt 4700       Sfmt 4700    E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM            17NOR1


                                           71704            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           recent years, and that many operations                  wireless microphone operations to                        13. While many wireless microphone
                                           were being migrated to bands outside of                 enable greater use of these bands to                  manufacturers explain that they are
                                           the TV bands, including in bands                        accommodate wireless microphone uses                  already committed to harnessing
                                           available for unlicensed operations.                    in the future. Specifically, it adopts                technological advances in this area, the
                                           Given that wireless microphones serve                   revisions to provide new opportunities                Commission reiterates the importance of
                                           the needs of diverse users for different                for such use in the 169–172 MHz band                  improved spectral efficiency, spectrum
                                           types of applications, and make use of                  and the 944–952 MHz band. Finally, the                sharing, and flexibility. It expects
                                           several different frequency bands, it                   Commission opens up portions of three                 wireless microphone manufacturers to
                                           sought to develop a full record and                     other sets of spectrum bands—the 941–                 continue to take advantage of
                                           framework for how best to accommodate                   944 MHz and 952–960 MHz bands (on                     technological advances to promote more
                                           these needs in the near and over the                    each side of the 944–952 MHz band),                   efficient use of spectrum available for
                                           long term. In response to the NPRM, the                 the 1435–1525 MHz band, and the                       wireless microphone operations. To
                                           Commission received nearly 90                           6875–7125 MHz band—for sharing with                   further promote efficient use, the
                                           comments and 17 reply comments.                         licensed wireless microphone                          Commission also is taking the step of
                                           II. Discussion                                          operations under specified conditions.                adopting the more efficient ETSI
                                                                                                                                                         standards for wireless microphones in
                                              9. In this Order, the Commission takes               A. Promoting Technological Advances
                                                                                                                                                         several bands, as discussed below. The
                                           several actions to accommodate wireless                    11. In the NPRM, the Commission                    Commission also anticipates that future
                                           microphone users’ needs in the coming                   inquired about advances in the state of               technological advances will enable
                                           years. Many types of users employ                       analog and digital wireless microphone                wireless microphones to more
                                           wireless microphones in a variety of                    technologies and the extent to which                  effectively share the available spectrum
                                           settings. Wireless microphone                           these technologies could be made more                 resource, and require use of certain
                                           operations range from professional uses,                efficient for different types of                      technological advances to protect
                                           with the need for numerous high-                        operations, thereby increasing the                    incumbent operation when authorizing
                                           performance microphones along with                                                                            wireless microphone users to access the
                                                                                                   number of microphones that could
                                           other microphones, to an individual                                                                           1435–1525 MHz band spectrum in the
                                                                                                   access a given amount of spectrum. In
                                           consumer’s use of a handheld                                                                                  future.
                                                                                                   particular, the Commission asked
                                           microphone at a conference or in a
                                                                                                   whether it should adopt more spectrally               B. Operations in Specific Bands
                                           karaoke bar. Through these actions, the
                                                                                                   efficient analog and digital emission
                                           Commission seeks to enable wireless                                                                              14. In the sections below, the
                                                                                                   masks for operations in certain bands. It
                                           microphone users to have access to a                                                                          Commission addresses the actions that
                                                                                                   also sought comment on other
                                           suite of devices that operate effectively                                                                     it is taking in this R&O with respect to
                                                                                                   technological advances that could
                                           and efficiently in different spectrum                                                                         wireless microphone operations in
                                                                                                   promote more opportunities for
                                           bands and can address their respective                                                                        different spectrum bands. The
                                           needs.                                                  accommodating wireless microphone
                                                                                                   operations in different bands over the                Commission discusses each of the bands
                                              10. As discussed below, the
                                                                                                   long term—including development of                    on which it sought comment in the
                                           Commission adopts several changes in
                                                                                                   equipment with replaceable                            NPRM, and its decisions regarding these
                                           its rules for operations in the TV bands,
                                                                                                   components, expanding the tunability of               bands and any revisions that it is
                                           where most wireless microphone
                                                                                                   equipment within bands, the                           adopting.
                                           operations occur today. With respect to
                                           the TV bands, the Commission revises                    development of multi-band equipment,                  1. VHF/UHF Television Bands
                                           its rules to provide more opportunities                 the use of databases, or the use of
                                                                                                   electronic keys or similar mechanisms.                a. Background
                                           to access spectrum by allowing greater
                                           use of the VHF channels and more co-                       12. Wireless microphone                               15. The Commission’s current part 74,
                                           channel operations without the need for                 manufacturers assert that significant                 subpart H rules authorize operations of
                                           coordination where use would not cause                  steps have already been taken to make                 wireless microphones and other LPAS
                                           harmful interference to TV service. It                  for more efficient use of available                   on a licensed basis in the bands
                                           also expands eligibility for the licensed               spectrum, including the increasing use                allocated for TV broadcasting (Channels
                                           use of the duplex gap to all entities now               of newer digital technologies that can                2–51, except channel 37). These LPAS
                                           eligible to hold LPAS licenses for using                greatly expand the number of                          devices are intended to transmit over
                                           TV band spectrum. The Commission                        microphones on a TV channel for many                  distances of approximately 100 meters.
                                           also will require new wireless                          types of applications that do not require             In addition to wireless microphones,
                                           microphones operating in the TV bands                   the highest sound fidelity. Several also              these LPAS devices include such uses
                                           and certain other bands to meet the                     state that more devices are increasingly              as cue and control communications and
                                           more efficient analog and digital                       being designed for operations in bands                synchronization of TV camera signals.
                                           European Telecommunications                             outside of the TV bands, including in                 The Commission’s rules permit licensed
                                           Standards Institute (ETSI) standards,                   bands permitting unlicensed operations,               LPAS operations on a secondary, non-
                                           which will ensure more efficient use of                 and that these new devices can                        exclusive basis. Entities eligible to hold
                                           the spectrum. In addition, the                          efficiently and effectively accommodate               these LPAS licenses include
                                           Commission addresses consumer                           many wireless microphone users’ needs.                broadcasters, television producers, cable
                                           education and outreach efforts that can                 Wireless microphone manufacturers                     producers, motion picture producers,
                                           help consumers transition out of the TV                 generally asserted that adopting rules                and qualifying professional sound
                                           band spectrum that is repurposed for                    that require specific features (e.g.,                 companies and operators of large
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           wireless services, and equipment                        modular components, use of multi-band                 venues. Since 2010, the Commission
                                           certification procedures that will apply                equipment, requirement for database                   also has permitted unlicensed
                                           to wireless microphones in the future.                  connectivity, or use of electronic keys)              operations of wireless microphones in
                                           The Commission also takes several                       are unnecessary and could impair                      the core television bands (channels 2–
                                           additional actions with respect to other                design features and add costs and                     51, except channel 37) pursuant to a
                                           spectrum bands currently available for                  complexities.                                         limited waiver and certain part 15 rules


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                      71705

                                           until such time as final rules for                      to make improvements to the                           outside of the duplex gap. Finally, the
                                           unlicensed operations under part 15 are                 registration system in the TV bands                   Commission addresses revisions
                                           adopted.                                                databases to enable more timely and                   pertaining to the white spaces databases
                                              16. Under the part 74 LPAS rules,                    effective reservation of channels that                in the Part 15 Report and Order.
                                           licensed wireless microphones are                       would be protected from unlicensed
                                           permitted to operate with a maximum                                                                           (i) TV Bands
                                                                                                   white space device operations.
                                           bandwidth of 200 kHz (made up of one                       18. As set forth in the Incentive                  (a) VHF Band Revisions
                                           or more 25 kHz segments). In the VHF                    Auction R&O, the current VHF/UHF                         20. Under the existing technical rules
                                           band (channels 2–13, which include the                  television bands (channels 2–51, except               for LPAS operations under part 74,
                                           54–72 MHz, 76–88 MHz, and 174–216                       channel 37) will be reorganized                       licensed wireless microphone users that
                                           MHz frequencies) power levels are                       following the upcoming incentive                      operate on a secondary basis in the VHF
                                           limited to 50 mW, whereas in the UHF                    auction. As a result of this auction, the             band (channels 2–13) operate generally
                                           band (channels 14–51, except channel                    amount of spectrum allocated for                      under the same technical rules as for
                                           37, which include the 470–608 MHz                       television services will be reduced and
                                                                                                                                                         operations in the UHF bands. However,
                                           and 614–698 MHz frequencies), power                     repacked, some of the current TV bands
                                                                                                                                                         with respect to power levels, VHF band
                                           levels can range up to 250 mW. The                      spectrum will be designated for 600
                                                                                                                                                         operations are restricted to no more than
                                           power levels for unlicensed wireless                    MHz Band guard bands (including the
                                                                                                                                                         50 mW, well below the 250 mW levels
                                           microphone operations pursuant to                       duplex gap), and other TV bands
                                                                                                                                                         permitted for operations in the UHF
                                           waiver, however, are limited to no more                 spectrum will be repurposed for 600
                                                                                                                                                         bands.
                                           than 50 mW throughout the TV bands                      MHz Band wireless services. As
                                                                                                                                                            21. In the NPRM, the Commission
                                           (both VHF and UHF). Licensed and                        discussed below, these revisions will
                                                                                                                                                         sought comment on the potential for
                                           unlicensed wireless microphones may                     affect wireless microphone operations,
                                                                                                                                                         expanding use of VHF television
                                           operate co-channel with television                      which currently operate throughout in
                                                                                                                                                         channel spectrum for wireless
                                           stations at locations that are separated                existing TV bands, in several ways. In
                                                                                                                                                         microphone operations. In particular, it
                                           from television stations by at least 4                  the NPRM, the Commission sought
                                                                                                                                                         asked whether it should revise the
                                           kilometers from their protected                         comment on wireless microphone
                                           contours. In addition, licensed LPAS                    operations with respect to each of these              power limits for LPAS operations in the
                                           users may operate on a co-channel basis                 bands—the TV bands, the 600 MHz                       VHF band to conform to those
                                           even closer to television stations                      Band guard bands, and the 600 MHz                     applicable for LPAS devices in the UHF
                                           provided that such operations have been                 Band being repurposed for wireless                    television band. The Commission asked
                                           coordinated with affected broadcasters.                 services.                                             whether allowing higher power limits
                                              17. The particular television channels                                                                     would raise concerns regarding
                                           available for wireless microphone                       b. Discussion                                         potential interference to TV stations
                                           operations will vary depending on the                      19. In this section, the Commission                operating in the VHF bands or the
                                           specific location. In many instances                    sets forth part 74 rule revisions to                  wireless video assist devices that
                                           these channels also are available for use               accommodate licensed wireless                         operate in the upper VHF band. It also
                                           by unlicensed white space devices. The                  microphone (and other LPAS)                           sought comment on the minimum co-
                                           Commission currently designates the                     operations in the VHF and UHF                         channel separation distance, and
                                           two unused television channels (where                   spectrum in the repacked TV bands that                whether that distance would need to be
                                           available) nearest channel 37 (above and                will continue to be available for TV                  increased. In addition, it invited
                                           below) for wireless microphone uses,                    broadcast services following the                      comment on other rule revisions that
                                           prohibiting white space devices on                      incentive auction. The Commission is                  would facilitate more use of this
                                           those channels. As discussed in the                     not addressing in this proceeding                     spectrum.
                                           Incentive Auction R&O, following the                    certain issues relating to wireless                      22. The Commission is revising its
                                           incentive auction, these two channels                   microphone operations in the TV bands                 rules to provide more opportunities for
                                           will no longer be designated exclusively                and in the repurposed 600 MHz Band                    licensed wireless microphone use of
                                           for wireless microphones following the                  since these matters are being addressed               these VHF channels. While the
                                           repacking of the TV bands. On channels                  instead in the part 15 proceeding. In                 Commission is not permitting power
                                           where both wireless microphones and                     particular, it does not here address the              levels of up to 250 mW conducted
                                           white space devices may operate,                        rules for unlicensed wireless                         power, it is revising the rules that
                                           licensed LPAS operators—including the                   microphone operations in the TV bands                 currently measure the 50 mW limit in
                                           newly eligible professional sound                       and the repurposed 600 MHz Band,                      terms of conducted power, to specify
                                           companies and venue licensees—will be                   which are addressed as part of the Part               the 50 mW limit in terms of effective or
                                           able to register to obtain protection from              15 Report and Order (FCC 15–99, ET                    equivalent isotropically radiated power
                                           interference from white space devices                   Docket No. 14–165, adopted August 6,                  (EIRP), as suggested by Shure in its
                                           by reserving channel(s), on an as-needed                2015 and released August 11, 2015).                   comments. Several reasons inform this
                                           basis, at specified locations and times of              Similarly, it does not address in this                approach. As noted by Shure, specifying
                                           operation in the broadcast TV bands                     proceeding the technical rules for                    the power levels in terms of EIRP
                                           databases. In addition, under existing                  operations of unlicensed wireless                     instead of conducted power will be
                                           rules certain qualifying unlicensed                     microphones in the guard bands,                       particularly beneficial to wireless
                                           wireless microphone operators can                       including the duplex gap. Nor does it                 microphone users in the VHF band,
                                           obtain interference protection from                     address here the technical rules for                  where the efficiency of antennas is
                                           unlicensed white space devices at                       licensed wireless microphone                          lower due to the longer radio
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           specified times by registering with the                 operations in the duplex gap, since the               wavelengths. This approach will allow
                                           Commission, enabling them to have                       technical issues relating to their                    manufacturers to adjust the conducted
                                           their operations included within the                    operations are intertwined with the                   power output of a device to compensate
                                           broadcast TV bands databases. The                       technical issues concerning unlicensed                for low antenna efficiency, thus helping
                                           Commission also indicated that it would                 operations in the duplex gap and                      address wireless microphone operators’
                                           be taking steps in the Part 15 proceeding               protection of licensed operations                     interest in making greater use of this


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71706            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           spectrum without the need for a larger                  in its rules, without the need for                    believes this approach for licensed
                                           antenna. By revising the rules to specify               coordination, noting its goal to provide              wireless microphone operations is
                                           the current 50 mW power limits in                       more opportunities for licensed wireless              reasonable for several reasons. As
                                           terms of EIRP, the Commission                           microphone operations in the spectrum                 Sennheiser points out in its comments,
                                           addresses the Consumer Electronic                       that will continue to be allocated for                the signals would exceed the threshold
                                           Association’s concerns that wireless                    television services to the extent such                of visibility under the Advanced
                                           microphone operations do not increase                   operations would not cause harmful                    Television Systems Committee
                                           the potential for interference to TV                    interference to TV operations. In                     guidelines. The location of operations is
                                           broadcasts. This revision represents a                  particular, the Commission proposed to                indoors and contained, and wireless
                                           balance in addressing the concerns                      allow LPAS licensees to operate co-                   microphone signals do not generally
                                           raised, and will increase the                           channel with television closer to the                 transmit beyond very limited distances
                                           performance and usability of wireless                   television station than provided by the               (e.g., generally ranging between 100–300
                                           microphones operating on this VHF                       separation distance rules in locations in             feet) at low levels. In addition, the
                                           spectrum without significantly                          which the co-channel TV signal is                     Commission expects that there would be
                                           increasing the risk of interference to TV.              below a specified threshold. It sought                significant attenuation of the wireless
                                           Specifying the power limit in terms of                  comment on the suitable TV signal                     microphone signal, both around the
                                           EIRP also ensures uniformity in the                     threshold, and whether other safeguards               microphone (e.g., loss because it is
                                           maximum radiated power for wireless                     would ensure that licensed wireless                   hand-held, or because of body loss) and
                                           microphone operations (licensed and                     microphone operators do not otherwise                 as a result of building and other
                                           unlicensed) in the VHF band. The                        cause harmful interference to TV                      attenuation, thus further reducing the
                                           change the Commission is making does                    reception. It limited this proposal to                likelihood of harming TV viewers
                                           not necessitate any increase in the four                licensed wireless microphone users,                   outside of the location.
                                           kilometer separation distance between                   whom the Commission would expect to                   (c) Adoption of ETSI Emission Mask
                                           wireless microphones and co-channel                     have the requisite wireless microphone                Standards for Analog and Digital
                                           TV contours since the Commission is                     systems, as well as technical and                     Wireless Microphones
                                           not allowing any higher EIRP than it                    operational abilities, to be able to
                                           assumed in establishing this distance.                  determine the level of the co-channel                    26. The technical rules applicable to
                                           The Commission will accept                              TV signals at a given location, and thus              part 74 LPAS devices operations in the
                                           applications to certify LPAS devices                                                                          TV bands set forth specified out-of-band
                                                                                                   would be able to comply with such a
                                           under this rule as soon as that rule                                                                          emission mask requirements for
                                                                                                   threshold. The Commission also asked
                                           becomes effective, and it will require                                                                        wireless microphones, regardless of
                                                                                                   whether it should require licensed
                                           applications to certify under this revised                                                                    whether the device is analog or digital.
                                                                                                   wireless microphone users to register
                                           rule nine months following release of                                                                         These rules have not been revised since
                                                                                                   their co-channel operations in the TV
                                           the Commission’s (Forthcoming                                                                                 1987.
                                                                                                   bands databases to provide information                   27. In the NPRM, the Commission
                                           Channel Reassignment PN) to conform                     to any television licensee concerned
                                           the date with related certification                                                                           proposed revising the emission masks
                                                                                                   about possible harmful interference. As               applicable to wireless microphones and
                                           requirements the Commission is                          an alternative, it sought comment on
                                           adopting.                                                                                                     LPAS devices, with respect to both
                                                                                                   whether to permit co-channel licensed                 analog and digital wireless
                                           (b) Licensed Co-Channel Operations                      wireless microphone operations in                     microphones, to comply with the
                                           Closer Than Specified Separation                        indoor venues, such as in theaters or                 applicable ETSI standards for analog
                                           Distances                                               music auditoriums. It also invited                    and digital wireless microphones that
                                              23. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the                comment on other approaches.                          operate over 200 kHz channels.
                                           Commission permitted licensed wireless                     25. The Commission will permit                     Specifically, it proposed to require that
                                           microphone users to operate closer to                   closer co-channel operations by licensed              emissions from analog and digital
                                           television stations than permitted under                wireless microphone operators on any                  unlicensed wireless microphones
                                           the revised separation distances (i.e., no              TV channel where the TV signal falls                  comply with the emission masks in
                                           closer than 4 kilometers from the                       below a threshold of –84 dBm over the                 Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422–1,
                                           outside of the digital television                       entire TV channel, provided certain                   Electromagnetic compatibility and
                                           contours) provided that they                            conditions are met. Such operations will              Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
                                           coordinated their operations with                       be limited to systems operating at an                 microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
                                           affected broadcasters. The Commission                   indoor location, and not in an itinerant              frequency range; Part 1: Technical
                                           noted, however, that several                            fashion where the signal threshold                    characteristics and methods of
                                           commenters had proposed to permit                       could be ever-changing, and the location              measurement. Because the ETSI
                                           wireless microphone operations on a co-                 is not being used for over-the-air                    emission masks are defined only over a
                                           channel basis without requiring                         television viewing. The Commission                    frequency range of plus or minus one
                                           coordination, such as in locations where                also requires that the licensed operators             megahertz from the wireless
                                           the TV signal falls below specified                     have the requisite wireless microphone                microphone carrier frequency, the
                                           threshold, where the microphones are                    systems for determining the threshold at              Commission sought comment on the
                                           shielded from the TV signals due to                     the location, as well as the professional             emission limits that should apply
                                           building attenuation, or where no over-                 qualifications for evaluating the signals,            outside of this frequency range. In
                                           the-air television receivers are in                     and that the signals be measured where                addition to the ETSI standards, or as an
                                           operation.                                              the wireless microphones would be                     alternative, it inquired whether there are
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                              24. In the NPRM, the Commission                      operated at the location, and must be                 other technical standards that it should
                                           sought to develop a more extensive                      scanned across the full six-megahertz                 adopt to promote more efficient use of
                                           record on whether to permit licensed                    TV channel; to the extent directional                 the spectrum available for wireless
                                           wireless microphone operations on a co-                 antennas are employed, they must be                   microphone operations in the TV bands.
                                           channel basis closer than the generally                 rotated to the place of the maximum                   Finally, it asked that, if it were to decide
                                           applicable separation distances set forth               signal at the location. The Commission                to adopt revised standards, how quickly


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                        71707

                                           it should require new devices to comply                 continued use of spectrum in the core                 licensed wireless microphone
                                           with the new standards.                                 TV bands would serve the public                       operations in the duplex gap to include
                                              28. To promote more efficient use of                 interest. Consequently, the Commission                all of the entities now eligible for Part
                                           the limited TV band spectrum available                  hereby grants a permanent waiver of its               74 LPAS licenses in the TV bands. In
                                           for wireless microphones, the                           rules to allow the continued use of                   particular, the Commission asked
                                           Commission is adopting the ETSI                         wireless headsets at nuclear power                    whether such expanded eligibility
                                           standard emission masks for LPAS                        plants, under the same conditions as the              would create problems for broadcasters
                                           devices used by wireless microphone                     current waiver, in the spectrum that will             or cable programming networks
                                           licensees under its part 74 rules.                      continue to be allocated for television               operating on this spectrum, or whether
                                           Specifically, it will require that                      following the incentive auction. In                   these different users generally operate at
                                           emissions from analog and digital                       addition, this waiver will permit                     different locations, such that their
                                           unlicensed wireless microphones                         nuclear power plants to continue to                   respective operations would not likely
                                           comply with the emission masks in                       access the spectrum repurposed for 600                interfere with each other.
                                           Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2                 MHz wireless service during the                          33. As discussed in the Incentive
                                           (2011–08), Electromagnetic                              transition period, but no later, provided             Auction R&O, the Commission provided
                                           compatibility and Radio spectrum                        that they meet the conditions for                     that broadcasters and cable
                                           Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in                  secondary operations in this band. The                programming networks using wireless
                                           the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range;                    terms of this waiver do not extend to                 microphones on a licensed basis could
                                           Part 1: Technical characteristics and                   include operations in the 600 MHz                     operate in a portion of the duplex gap,
                                           methods of measurement. Requiring                       guard bands, including the duplex gap,                where they would be protected from
                                           wireless microphones to meet these                      which will no longer be allocated for                 interference by unlicensed devices in
                                           tighter emission requirements will                      broadcast TV. As discussed in the Part                order to have access to spectrum for
                                           protect authorized services in adjacent                 15 Report and Order, wireless                         certain programming, including
                                           bands from harmful interference, and                    microphone operations in these bands                  emergency information. The
                                           will improve spectrum sharing by                        will be limited to 20 mW EIRP, which                  Commission concludes that expanding
                                           wireless microphones. Outside of the                    is more restrictive than allowed for                  eligibility to the other licensed part 74
                                           frequency range where the ETSI masks                    wireless microphones in the TV bands.                 entities should not cause any problems
                                           are defined (one megahertz above and                    Further, the Commission is not granting,              for broadcasters and cable programming
                                           below the wireless microphone carrier                   under the terms of this waiver, any right             networks since the licensed entities will
                                           frequency), the Commission will require                 to continue to operate in the 600 MHz                 be obligated to coordinate their
                                           that emissions comply with same limit                   Band after the end of the post-auction                operations when and where necessary.
                                           as the edge of the ETSI masks,                          transition period. Unlike the waiver the              The Commission notes that, as a general
                                           specifically, 90 dB below the level of the              Commission is granting, nothing in the                matter, these different licensees will
                                           unmodulated carrier. The Commission                     record before it indicates whether the                likely operate at different locations and
                                           is incorporating the emission mask                      600 MHz wireless licensees might agree                not interfere with each other.
                                           requirements set forth in ETSI EN 300                   to the request of the Nuclear Energy
                                           422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08) into the Part 74                 Institute and the United Telecom                      d. Transition Out of the 600 MHz Band
                                           Subpart H LPAS rules by reference and                   Council relating to this issue, so the                Repurposed for Wireless Services
                                           adding it to the list of measurement                    Commission declines to grant their                    (i) Background
                                           procedures in section 74.861. The                       additional request at this time.
                                           Commission is not persuaded by                             31. In granting this permanent waiver,                34. Following the upcoming incentive
                                           Lectrosonics’ comments that existence                   the Commission declines to revise the                 auction, certain existing television
                                           of its legacy unlicensed wireless                       part 74 LPAS rules to provide for such                channels in the UHF band will be
                                           microphones that would not be                           operations on a licensed basis. The                   repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless
                                           compliant with the new standard                         Commission previously declined to                     services. In the Incentive Auction R&O
                                           should prevent the Commission from                      make nuclear plants eligible under part               the Commission provided for a multi-
                                           establishing a more efficient standard                  74, and the issues raised regarding the               year period to help smooth the
                                           for wireless microphone devices going                   use of these particular devices involve               transition as wireless microphone
                                           forward. The Commission will require                    considerations unique to the nuclear                  operators take steps to obtain new
                                           the LPAS devices to comply with this                    power industry, and do not apply to                   equipment and transition out of the use
                                           standard no later than nine months                      other part 74 LPAS licensees. Further,                of this spectrum no later than the end
                                           following release of the Channel                        in light of the Commission’s grant of a               of post-auction transition period (i.e., 39
                                           Reassignment PN.                                        permanent waiver with the associated                  months after the issuance of the
                                                                                                   conditions, licensee status is not                    Channel Reassignment PN).
                                           (d) Other TV Bands Revisions                            necessary.                                            Specifically, following the auction these
                                             29. In the NPRM, the Commission also                                                                        operators may continue to access the
                                           sought comment generally on whether it                  c. Eligibility for Licensed Operations in             600 MHz Band during the transition
                                           should adopt any other rule revisions                   the Duplex Gap                                        period, but no later, subject to certain
                                           for operations of wireless microphones                     32. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the              conditions. To the extent that either
                                           in the TV bands spectrum that would                     Commission provided that broadcasters                 licensed or unlicensed wireless
                                           facilitate more effective and efficient                 and cable programming networks using                  microphone users operate in the 600
                                           operations in these bands. It asked that                wireless microphones on a licensed                    MHz Band during this transition period,
                                           commenters provide detailed                             basis would be able to obtain                         then consistent with their secondary or
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           information on reasons for the proposed                 interference protection from unlicensed               unlicensed status they will not be
                                           changes as well as the types of specific                devices in a portion of the duplex gap                entitled to any interference protection
                                           rules that they advocate.                               at specified times and locations, on an               from operations of the primary 600 MHz
                                             30. The Commission concludes that                     as-needed basis. In the NPRM, the                     licensees, and they will be required to
                                           extending the existing waiver of its rules              Commission sought comment on                          cease any operations in the 600 MHz
                                           to permit nuclear power plants the                      whether it should expand eligibility for              Band if their operations cause harmful


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71708            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           interference to any 600 MHz licensee’s                  operations. In considering these actions,             manufacturers to obtain information on
                                           operations.                                             the Commission drew extensively from                  models of wireless microphones that it
                                              35. In the NPRM, the Commission                      the approach that it took with respect to             could list on its Web site in order to
                                           sought comment on how best to                           the transition of wireless microphones                facilitate a smooth transition from the
                                           facilitate a smooth transition as wireless              out of the 700 MHz band. Its goals were               600 MHz Band. In addition to steps that
                                           microphone and other LPAS users cease                   to make information available so users,               may involve manufacturers, the
                                           their operations on the repurposed 600                  particularly unlicensed users, are aware              Commission sought comment on what
                                           MHz Band frequencies no later than the                  that they must not cause harmful                      steps other parties associated with the
                                           end of the post-auction transition                      interference to new wireless operations               sale and operation of wireless
                                           period. The Commission indicated that                   in the 600 MHz band, and must cease                   microphones (e.g., trade associations,
                                           achieving a smooth transition will                      operating their wireless microphones on               user groups, or industry associations),
                                           involve actions by it, by manufacturers                 the repurposed 600 MHz Band allocated                 may be able to take to provide users
                                           and distributors of wireless                            for 600 MHz Band wireless services no                 with information relevant to the
                                           microphones, and by the various                         later than the end of the transition                  transition.
                                           wireless microphone operators                           period (i.e., 39 months after the release                38. The Commission also invited
                                           themselves, both licensed and                           of the Channel Reassignment PN); to set               specific comment on what additional
                                           unlicensed users. Even though the                       in motion a process so they are aware                 information it should make available for
                                           specific UHF band frequencies                           of relevant factors concerning the                    wireless microphone users, including
                                           repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless                    operation of wireless microphones that                Commission-issued consumer ‘‘fact
                                           services will not be known until                        are currently in use; and to establish a              sheets’’ and ‘‘frequently asked
                                           following the auction, beginning                        means for users to locate additional                  questions’’ (FAQ’s) which would
                                           preparation for transition as soon as                   spectrum and equipment for their                      address, among other matters,
                                           possible will contribute to a smoother                  operations that will be available for                 information on operation in the 600
                                           transition. The Commission observed                     their use. The Commission believed that               MHz Band, the reason for the need to
                                           that some wireless microphones are                      a successful consumer education and                   operate on frequencies outside of that
                                           likely to be capable of operating on                    outreach campaign would involve its                   band following the transition, the
                                           repurposed channels, while others will                  staff working with a broad group of                   availability of other frequency bands for
                                           not. The Commission also pointed out                    interested entities, including wireless               wireless microphone use, and the need
                                           that although the specific frequencies on               microphone manufacturers, wireless                    to comply with Commission rules.
                                           which particular wireless microphones                   microphones users, and user                              39. Finally, the Commission proposed
                                           operate may be identified in the owner’s                representatives.                                      to revise its point-of-sale disclosure
                                           manual, the channels often are not                                                                            requirement that it adopted in the TV
                                                                                                      37. The Commission sought comment                  Bands Wireless Microphones R&O, 75
                                           evident on the devices themselves.                      on the particular actions that wireless               FR 9113, March 1, 2010, in order to
                                           (ii) Discussion                                         microphone manufacturers, distributors,               provide information to wireless
                                                                                                   retailers, and other entities comprising              microphone users that may have to
                                           (a) Consumer Education and Outreach;                    the wireless microphone community
                                           Disclosure Requirements                                                                                       purchase or lease new equipment so
                                                                                                   should take to inform the wide range of               that they can vacate the repurposed 600
                                              36. The Commission specifically                      wireless microphone users about the                   MHz Band. Specifically, with regard to
                                           sought comment in the NPRM on how                       ongoing developments concerning                       sales of wireless microphones that are
                                           best to inform users of wireless                        wireless microphone use—particularly                  capable of operating in repurposed
                                           microphones on the changes following                    the need to vacate the repurposed 600                 spectrum, the Commission proposed to
                                           the auction that will affect their use of               MHz Band, the timetable for doing so,                 require that such sales include point-of-
                                           wireless microphones in the TV band                     and the conditions for operating in the               sale disclosures that inform buyers that
                                           spectrum that is being repurposed,                      band during the transition period. It                 they are buying a microphone that
                                           including the steps necessary to prevent                asked what specific information should                cannot be used in certain frequencies
                                           interference to new wireless operations                 be provided to wireless microphone                    following the transition. The
                                           in the 600 MHz spectrum, consistent                     users to ensure that they know the                    Commission also sought comment on
                                           with its goals expressed in the Incentive               requirements for operating in the                     how point-of-sale disclosures could be
                                           Auction R&O. The Commission                             repurposed spectrum during the                        designed to effectively address any ban
                                           anticipated a need for education and                    transition period and the need to exit                on manufacturing and marketing of
                                           outreach directed at wireless                           the band by the end of the transition, as             wireless microphones that are capable
                                           microphone users, and that this should                  well as what steps can be taken to                    of operating in the repurposed 600 MHz
                                           commence before the auction and                         provide wireless microphone users with                Band. It also proposed that the revised
                                           continue even beyond the end of the 39-                 information on the transition prior to                point-of-sale disclosures direct buyers to
                                           month transition period. The                            the auction. In particular, the                       the manufacturer’s toll free telephone
                                           Commission proposed that these                          Commission inquired whether it would                  number or the manufacturer’s Web site
                                           education and outreach efforts should                   it be beneficial for wireless microphone              where the buyer can obtain more
                                           be undertaken by it, manufacturers,                     users to have access to a database or                 detailed information on the extent to
                                           wireless microphone users groups, and                   some form of online mapping tool to                   which the microphone may be affected
                                           relevant trade publications and other                   help users that enter the location and                by repurposing the 600 MHz Band, and
                                           possible sources of information for                     operating frequencies to determine                    asked whether it should retain the
                                           wireless microphone users. As a                         whether they can continue to operate in               existing language in the point-of-sale
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           companion to these efforts, the                         the repurposed 600 MHz Band during                    disclosure requirement that includes the
                                           Commission also proposed requiring                      the transition period, and if so, who                 Commission’s toll free number and the
                                           that written disclosures accompany new                  should be responsible for developing                  Commission’s Web site where users can
                                           devices at the point of sale to provide                 and maintaining (hosting) it. Similarly,              obtain additional information on the
                                           further education to wireless                           the Commission asked whether it                       operation of wireless microphones
                                           microphone users on the devices’                        should work with wireless microphone                  during the transition period and after


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                       71709

                                           the transition period. The Commission                   (OET), to prepare the specific language,              inform these entities of its decisions
                                           proposed that the effective date for any                following issuance of the Channel                     affecting wireless microphone
                                           disclosure requirement, including a                     Reassignment PN, that must be used in                 operations in the repurposed spectrum
                                           point-of-sale requirement, which it may                 the Consumer Disclosure and publish it                and available resources for information
                                           adopt in connection with this or a                      in the Federal Register. As discussed                 on options for wireless microphone use
                                           related proceeding, would be 18 months                  above, there is more than one way in                  going forward.
                                           after the release of the Channel                        which the point-of-sale Consumer                         43. Further, the Commission expects
                                           Reassignment PN, and sought comment                     Disclosure may be provided to potential               all manufacturers of wireless
                                           on possible alternative dates as well. It               purchasers or lessees of wireless                     microphones to make significant efforts
                                           requested comment on the particular                     microphones, but each of them must                    to ensure that all users of such
                                           factors that should enter into this                     satisfy all the requirements noted above,             equipment capable of operating in the
                                           determination.                                          including that the disclosure be                      600 MHz Band are fully informed of the
                                              40. As set forth in the NPRM,                        provided in writing at the point of sale              decisions affecting them, as set forth in
                                           consumer education regarding the                        in a clear, conspicuous, and readily                  the Incentive Auction R&O, this Order,
                                           operations of wireless microphones                      legible manner. One way to fulfill this               and the Part 15 Report and Order.
                                           following the incentive auction is                      disclosure requirement would be to                    Specifically, the Commission expects
                                           important. Consumers will need to be                    display the Consumer Disclosure in a                  these manufacturers, at a minimum, to
                                           informed of the many changes that will                  prominent manner on the product box                   ensure that these users are informed of
                                           affect their use of the current TV bands                by using a label (either printed onto the             the need to clear the 600 MHz Band.
                                           that is being repurposed, including their               box or otherwise affixed to the box), a               Manufacturers also should inform users
                                           use of the 600 MHz guard bands and                      sticker, or other means. Another way to               of wireless microphones that they may
                                           duplex gap, their continued use of                      fulfill the disclosure requirement would              continue to operate in the 600 MHz
                                           repurposed 600 MHz Band during the                      be to display the text immediately                    Band until the end of the post-auction
                                           post-auction transition period (i.e., the               adjacent to each wireless microphone                  transition period, but only subject to the
                                           39 months following issuance of the                     offered for sale or lease and clearly                 conditions set forth in these orders,
                                           Channel Reassignment PN), and their                     associated with the model to which it                 including the early clearing
                                           need to cease operations in the 600 MHz                 pertains. For wireless microphones                    mechanisms. Further, the Commission
                                           Band no later than the end of the post-                 offered online or via direct mail or                  expects all manufacturers to contact
                                           auction transition period. The steps                    catalog, the disclosure must be                       dealers, distributors, and anyone else
                                           required are similar to those taken in                  prominently displayed in close                        who has purchased wireless
                                           2010 to inform consumers about their                    proximity to the images and                           microphones, and inform them of its
                                           use of the TV bands that were                           descriptions of each wireless                         decisions to help clear the 600 MHz
                                           repurposed for 700 MHz Band wireless                    microphone. The Commission will                       Band. Manufacturers should also
                                           services.                                               require manufacturers, dealers,                       provide information on these decisions
                                              41. Disclosure Requirement. The                                                                            to any users that have filed warranty
                                                                                                   distributors, and other entities that sell
                                           Commission requires anyone selling,                                                                           registrations for 600 MHz Band
                                                                                                   or lease wireless microphones for
                                           leasing, or offering for sale or lease                                                                        equipment with the manufacturer. The
                                                                                                   operation in the 600 MHz Band to
                                           wireless microphones that operate in                                                                          Commission also expects manufacturers
                                                                                                   comply with the disclosure
                                           the 600 MHz Band to provide certain                                                                           to post this information on their Web
                                                                                                   requirements no later than three months
                                           disclosures to consumers, pursuant to                                                                         sites and include it in all of their sales
                                                                                                   following issuance of the Channel
                                           section 302. These entities must display                                                                      literature.
                                                                                                   Reassignment PN, and it encourages                       44. In addition, the Commission notes
                                           the Consumer Disclosure, the text of
                                           which will be developed by                              these entities to provide consumers with              that manufacturers may choose to offer
                                           Commission staff, at the point of sale or               the required information earlier.                     rebates and trade-in programs for any
                                           lease, in a clear, conspicuous, and                        42. Consumer Outreach. In addition,                600 MHz Band wireless microphones,
                                           readily legible manner. In addition, the                the Commission finds that several                     similar to what was done with respect
                                           Consumer Disclosure must be displayed                   means should be employed to provide                   to transitioning wireless microphone
                                           on the Web site of the manufacturer                     as much notice as possible to users of                users out of the 700 MHz band. The
                                           (even in the event the manufacturer                     the need to clear the 600 MHz Band of                 Commission encourages them to
                                           does not sell wireless microphones                      wireless microphones. The Commission                  consider creating or establishing such
                                           directly to the public) and of dealers,                 directs CGB, working with WTB and                     programs here. In contacting dealers and
                                           distributors, retailers, and anyone else                OET, to establish a Web page on its Web               distributors, it expects manufacturers to
                                           selling or leasing the devices. The                     site, and prepare and release consumer                inform these entities that they should:
                                           Commission finds that these disclosures                 publications, including a Consumer Fact               (1) Inform all customers who have
                                           are necessary to ensure that consumers                  Sheet and answers to Frequently Asked                 purchased wireless microphones that
                                           are informed that the wireless                          Questions (FAQs), that inform the                     are capable of operating in the 600 MHz
                                           microphones may be used, under                          public of its decisions affecting wireless            Band of its decision to clear the 600
                                           specified conditions, no longer than the                microphone operations in the                          MHz Band of such devices; (2) post such
                                           post-auction transition period, and to                  repurposed 600 MHz Band and the                       information on their Web sites; (3)
                                           help ensure that wireless microphone                    guard bands, as set forth in the Incentive            include this information in all other
                                           users comply with their obligation                      Auction R&O, this Order, and the Part                 sales materials; (4) provide information
                                           during the transition period and cease                  15 Report and Order. The Commission                   in sales materials, including on their
                                           operating on the 600 MHz band after the                 further directs its staff to identify and             Web sites, on the availability of any
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           end of the transition period. The                       contact organizations that represent                  manufacturer rebate offerings and trade-
                                           Commission delegates authority to its                   entities that are known to be users of                in programs related to wireless
                                           Consumer and Governmental Affairs                       wireless microphones in the 600 MHz                   microphones operating in the 600 MHz
                                           Bureau (CGB), working with its Wireless                 Band, including groups that represent                 Band; and (5) comply with the
                                           Telecommunications Bureau (WTB) and                     theaters, houses of worship, and                      disclosure requirements that the
                                           Office of Engineering and Technology                    sporting venues. The Commission will                  Commission is adopting in this Order.


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71710            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           (b) Post-Auction Prohibition of the                     able to submit applications to certify                months after the effective date of the
                                           Certification, Manufacture, or Marketing                wireless microphones that operate in                  new rules, whichever occurs first.
                                           of LPAS Devices Operating on the 600                    repurposed TV spectrum later than 24                     50. The Commission recognizes that it
                                           MHz Band                                                months after the effective date of the                is important to provide manufacturers
                                              45. All wireless microphones that                    service rules that it adopts for licensed             with sufficient time to design new
                                                                                                   wireless microphones, and microphones                 products, obtain Commission
                                           now operate in the TV bands are
                                                                                                   that do not comply with the new rules                 certification, and commence
                                           certified as compliant with part 74,
                                                                                                   may not be manufactured and marketed                  manufacturing. It is equally important to
                                           subpart H of the Commission’s rules.
                                                                                                   later than 33 months after the effective              allow manufacturers to sell existing
                                           The Commission decided in the
                                                                                                   date of the service rules it adopts in this           devices that allow the public to
                                           Incentive Auction R&O that all wireless
                                                                                                   proceeding. The Commission also                       continue providing service until new
                                           microphones that operate in the portion
                                                                                                   proposed that the effective date of any               products are available in the
                                           of the TV bands that will be repurposed
                                                                                                   prohibition on manufacturing or                       marketplace. The cutoff dates that the
                                           600 MHz Band for licensed wireless
                                                                                                   marketing these devices will be 18                    Commission adopts for certification,
                                           services may continue to operate in that
                                                                                                   months after the release of the Channel               manufacturing and marketing of
                                           spectrum during the post-auction                                                                              wireless microphones appropriately
                                                                                                   Reassignment PN. In addition, it
                                           transition period but must cease those                                                                        balance these two goals, and it disagrees
                                                                                                   requested comment on the economic
                                           operations no later than 39 months after                                                                      with the cutoff dates proposed by CTIA
                                                                                                   costs and benefits of different effective
                                           release of the Channel Reassignment                                                                           and Mobile Future. Manufacturers will
                                                                                                   dates for the proposed prohibition on
                                           PN. At the end of the post-auction                                                                            not know what band plan they need to
                                                                                                   manufacturing or marketing. Finally, to
                                           transition, licensed microphones will be                                                                      design and manufacture to until after
                                                                                                   the extent that the Commission
                                           permitted to operate in a portion of the                                                                      the incentive auction is concluded, and
                                                                                                   determines to prohibit such
                                           duplex gap, and unlicensed wireless                     manufacture or marketing, it proposed                 it would be unreasonable to require that
                                           microphones will be permitted to                        that any such ban would not apply to                  only certification applications
                                           operate in the guard bands and duplex                   devices manufactured in the United                    complying with the new rules be
                                           gap, pursuant to the rules adopted in the               States solely for export.                             accepted at the time the Channel
                                           Part 15 Report and Order.                                  48. The Commission adopts its                      Reassignment PN is released. Broadcast
                                              46. In the NPRM, the Commission                      proposals for establishing cutoff dates               stations will be vacating the 600 MHz
                                           proposed to establish cutoff dates for the              for the certification, manufacturing and              Band over a 39 month period after the
                                           certification, manufacturing, and                       marketing of licensed wireless                        release of the Channel Reassignment
                                           marketing of wireless microphones in                    microphones in the TV bands, the guard                PN, and new wireless operations will be
                                           the repurposed spectrum to ensure that                  bands (including the duplex gap), and                 built out gradually as broadcast stations
                                           manufacturers cease making and                          the repurposed 600 MHz Band. The                      leave the band and most likely
                                           marketing equipment for operation in                    Commission adopts transition rules for                continuing beyond the 39 month
                                           repurposed 600 MHz Band spectrum to                     the TV bands, the guard bands                         transition period. It would be
                                           ensure that manufacturers cease making                  (including the duplex gap), and the                   unreasonable to cut off manufacturing
                                           marketing equipment that cannot be                      repurposed 600 MHz Band that will                     and marketing six months into the 39
                                           legally used after a certain date. Because              allow it to gradually phase out older                 month transition period since this
                                           similar technical requirements would                    microphones and introduce new ones                    would deny the public access to devices
                                           apply to both licensed and unlicensed                   that are compliant with the technical                 that would allow them to continue to
                                           wireless microphones, the Commission                    rules for part 74 wireless microphones                provide service. The Commission
                                           proposed to apply to both the same                      that it adopts in this proceeding and for             concludes that the cutoff dates it has
                                           transition rules for certification,                     unlicensed wireless microphones                       chosen will encourage manufacturers to
                                           manufacturing, and marketing in order                   generally and for licensed wireless                   concentrate on developing wireless
                                           to be the least disruptive to wireless                  microphones in the duplex gap that it                 microphones that operate in compliance
                                           microphone manufacturers and users. It                  adopts in the Part 15 Report and Order.               with new part 74 and part 15 rules and
                                           proposed taking this action pursuant to                 The Commission is aligning the                        ensure that manufacturers cease making
                                           its authority under section 302(a) of the               transition periods as closely as possible             and marketing equipment that cannot be
                                           Communications Act. This Order                          with the post-auction transition                      legally used after a certain date. Finally,
                                           addresses these issues for licensed                     schedule because this will ensure                     as proposed in the NPRM, the
                                           wireless microphones generally, and the                 compliance with the post-auction 600                  prohibition on manufacture and
                                           Part 15 Report and Order addresses                      MHz Band plan and be less disruptive                  marketing will not apply to devices
                                           these issues for unlicensed wireless                    to wireless microphone manufacturers                  manufactured in the United States
                                           microphones.                                            and users.                                            solely for export.
                                              47. In this proceeding, the                             49. The Commission adopts the cutoff
                                           Commission proposed that parties could                  dates proposed in the NPRM. It will                   (c) Modification of LPAS Licenses To
                                           no longer submit applications to certify                require applications to certify wireless              Remove Authorization for Operations
                                           Part 74 wireless microphones that                       microphones under the modified part 74                on the 600 MHz Band
                                           operate in repurposed TV spectrum                       rules nine months after the release of                   51. In the NPRM, the Commission
                                           beginning nine months after the release                 the Channel Reassignment PN or no                     proposed, pursuant to its authority
                                           of the Channel Reassignment PN, when                    later than 24 months after the effective              under section 316 of the
                                           the particular frequencies that will need               date of the new rules, whichever occurs               Communications Act, to modify existing
                                           to be vacated will first be identified. The             first. The Commission will require that               LPAS licenses to the extent necessary to
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           Commission also proposed that it not                    manufacturing and marketing of all part               delete frequencies identified as
                                           certify wireless microphones under part                 74 wireless microphones that would not                repurposed for the 600 MHz Band in the
                                           74 that would operate in the 600 MHz                    comply with the rules for operation in                Channel Reassignment PN, effective on
                                           guard bands or the unlicensed portion                   the 600 MHz Band cease 18 months                      the date that the post-auction transition
                                           of the duplex gap. The Commission also                  after release of the Channel                          period ends. In addition, it proposed
                                           inquired whether parties should not be                  Reassignment PN or no later than 33                   that, following these license


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                      71711

                                           modifications, the LPAS licenses will                   requested comment on any potential                    stability of the microphones must limit
                                           continue to include authorization to use                revisions that it should make to                      the total emission to within ± 32.5
                                           all frequencies currently included in                   facilitate the use of these bands for                 kilohertz of the assigned frequency, and
                                           those licenses other than the repurposed                wireless microphone operations.                       operations may not exceed an output
                                           600 MHz Band. Finally, the Commission                      54. Given commenters’ general view                 power level of 50 mW.
                                           proposed that if a licensed user must                   that additional use of these bands is                    58. Wireless microphone operations
                                           cease operations of a wireless                          limited, and considering the small                    are not protected from other licensed
                                           microphone prior to the end of the post-                amount of spectrum they offer, revision               operations in the band, and must not
                                           auction transition period (i.e., because it             of its rules to permit expanded                       cause interference to any Government or
                                           causes harmful interference to any 600                  operations in these bands would not                   non-Government operations, and
                                           MHz licensee’s operations), the license                 yield much benefit. Furthermore, the                  wireless microphone license
                                           relating to that wireless microphone                    Commission has sought comment on                      applications are subject to Government
                                           will be modified automatically without                  revising the rules in these bands to                  coordination. Other non-Federal
                                           Commission action to delete the                         allow for the use of digital technologies             operations in the band, which also are
                                           authorization to operate on the                         of Remote Pickup (RPU) stations in                    secondary to the Federal allocation,
                                           repurposed 600 MHz Band, effective on                   another rulemaking, which could result                operate on 12.5 kilohertz channels, and
                                           the date that operations are required to                in more intensive use of these bands.                 include (1) operations on 36 specified
                                           cease.                                                  The Commission therefore concludes                    frequencies between 169.425 MHz and
                                              52. The Commission adopts the                        that it will not make these bands                     171.925 MHz for the purpose of
                                           proposal set forth in the NPRM. As set                  available for wireless microphone                     transmitting hydrological or
                                           forth in the Incentive Auction R&O,                     operations other than as currently                    meteorological data (hydro channels),
                                           during the transition period, wireless                  authorized, and subject to the outcome                (2) operations on 9 frequencies between
                                           microphone users must cease operations                  in the latter proceeding.                             170.425 MHz and 172.375 MHz for
                                           if they would cause harmful                                                                                   forest firefighting and conservation
                                                                                                   b. 88–108 MHz FM Band
                                           interference to any 600 MHz wireless                                                                          purposes (forest firefighting channels),
                                           operations, and if there are violations of                 55. As discussed in the NPRM,                      and (3) operations on frequency 170.150
                                                                                                   wireless microphone operations have                   MHz for public safety purposes and
                                           this requirement it will enforce its rules
                                                                                                   long been permitted in the 88–108 MHz                 broadcast remote pickup stations in
                                           accordingly. The Commission declines
                                                                                                   FM band on an unlicensed basis under                  certain parts of the country. The current
                                           the requests to permit wireless
                                                                                                   section 15.239 of the Commission’s part               169–172 MHz band wireless
                                           microphone operations in the 600 MHz
                                                                                                   15 rules. While the Commission did not                microphone channels overlap the hydro
                                           Band following the transition period. As
                                                                                                   propose any rule revisions in the NPRM,               channels, but not the forest firefighting
                                           the Commission explained in the
                                                                                                   it sought comment on whether wireless                 channels or public safety operations on
                                           Incentive Auction R&O, establishing a
                                                                                                   microphone users continue to make use                 frequency 170.150 MHz.
                                           hard date by which all licensed and
                                                                                                   of this band for their operations and the                59. In the NPRM, the Commission
                                           unlicensed wireless microphone
                                                                                                   extent to which existing or revised rules             sought comment on the current use of
                                           operations must cease provides needed
                                                                                                   will be useful for accommodating                      spectrum in the 169–172 MHz band for
                                           certainty and clarity about transitioning
                                                                                                   wireless microphone users’ needs in the               wireless microphones, and how the
                                           out of the band, and no party petitioned
                                                                                                   future. To the extent that revisions were             spectrum potentially could be used
                                           for reconsideration of its decision on
                                                                                                   proposed, the Commission requested                    more expansively and intensively
                                           this matter. Finally, the Commission
                                                                                                   that parties submit technical                         without interfering with Federal
                                           directs WTB to modify LPAS licenses to
                                                                                                   information in support of their                       operations or the other secondary non-
                                           delete the affected frequencies from
                                                                                                   proposals, as well as analysis of the                 Federal services. It asked what steps it
                                           LPAS licensees’ authorizations, effective
                                                                                                   benefits of such revisions and likely                 could take to make the band a viable
                                           at the end of the transition period.
                                                                                                   impact on FM broadcasters.                            option for more wireless microphone
                                           2. Miscellaneous VHF/UHF Bands                             56. Based on the comments and                      users, and sought comment on two
                                                                                                   record before the Commission, and the                 specific approaches: Allowing wireless
                                           a. 26.100–26.480 MHz, 161.625–161.775
                                                                                                   apparently minimal opportunity for                    microphone licensees to combine each
                                           MHz, 450–451 MHz, and 455–456 MHz
                                                                                                   making use of this band, it declines to               of the four neighboring pairs of channels
                                           Bands
                                                                                                   make any revisions to the rules                       with each other, making four larger-
                                              53. Wireless microphones operating                   applicable to wireless microphone                     bandwidth channels available on new
                                           pursuant to the part 74 LPAS rules also                 operations in the 88–108 MHz FM band.                 channel centers between the existing
                                           are authorized to operate on a licensed                                                                       assignable frequencies; or making as
                                           basis in small portions of certain                      3. 169–172 MHz Band                                   much of the 169–172 MHz band as
                                           broadcast bands, including the 26.100–                     57. Under the Commission’s part 90                 possible available for wireless
                                           26.480 MHz, the 161.625–161.775 MHz,                    rules, entities eligible to hold a Public             microphone use and allowing operation
                                           the 450–451 MHz, and the 455–456                        Safety Pool or Industrial/Business Pool               with bandwidths of up to 200 kilohertz,
                                           MHz bands. Eligibility for operating in                 license may operate wireless                          subject to appropriate technical or
                                           these bands is limited to broadcasters                  microphone operations on a secondary                  geographic limitations.
                                           and broadcast network entities. While                   basis on eight frequencies in the 169–                   60. As noted above, the current 169–
                                           the Commission did not propose any                      172 MHz band, which is allocated                      172 MHz band wireless microphone
                                           specific revisions concerning these rules               primarily for Federal use. Specifically,              channels overlap the hydro channels,
                                           in the NPRM, it sought comment on the                   these rules permit wireless microphones               but not the forest firefighting channels.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           current use of these bands for wireless                 to be operated on only eight frequencies:             Making as much of the 169–172 MHz
                                           microphone operations, and the more                     169.445 MHz, 169.505 MHz, 170.245                     band as possible available for wireless
                                           expansive use of these bands in the                     MHz, 170.305 MHz, 171.045 MHz,                        microphone use and allowing operation
                                           future. The Commission asked where                      171.105 MHz 171.845 MHz, and 171.905                  with bandwidths of up to 200 kilohertz
                                           there are technological advances that                   MHz. The emission bandwidth may not                   on center frequencies throughout the
                                           may promote more intensive use, and                     exceed 54 kilohertz, the frequency                    band, as advocated by the commenters,


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71712            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           would result in wireless microphone                     4. 944–952 MHz Band and Adjacent                      entities. It asked whether technical
                                           channels overlapping forest firefighting                941–944 MHz and 952–960 MHz Bands                     limitations and other considerations
                                           channels. In another proceeding, a                        63. In the NPRM, the Commission                     should be weighed when assessing
                                           petition for rulemaking proposed to                     sought comment on making revisions to                 expansion of licensee eligibility in this
                                           make the forest firefighting channels                   the rules in the 944–952 MHz band and                 band to ensure that such eligibility
                                           available for vehicular repeater systems                the two adjacent bands, the 941–944                   expansion would not be problematic for
                                           (VRS) and other mobile repeaters by                     MHz and 952–960 MHz bands, to                         existing LPAS operations in this band.
                                           other firefighters fighting in-building                                                                          67. Consistent with this record and in
                                                                                                   accommodate additional licensed
                                           fires. Despite the benefits that VRS use                                                                      accord with adoption of the ETSI
                                                                                                   wireless microphone operations.
                                           provides for first responders, the                                                                            standard on emission masks for LPAS
                                           Commission denied that portion of the                   a. 944–952 MHz Band                                   devices in the TV bands, the
                                           rulemaking petition. It noted concerns                     64. The Commission’s part 74, subpart              Commission will require that emissions
                                           expressed by the National                               H rules authorize operations of wireless              from analog and digital wireless
                                           Telecommunications and Information                      microphones on a licensed basis in the                microphones comply with the emission
                                           Administration that an interference-free                                                                      masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300
                                                                                                   944–952 MHz band. These LPAS
                                           environment must be maintained on the                                                                         422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08), for future
                                                                                                   operations are authorized on a co-
                                           forest firefighting channels because even                                                                     wireless microphones that will use this
                                                                                                   primary basis along with other
                                           VRS public safety operations on a                                                                             band—applying these revised standards
                                                                                                   Broadcast Auxiliary Services (BAS)
                                           secondary basis would pose a risk of                                                                          to new equipment certified under Part
                                                                                                   consisting of fixed Aural Studio to
                                           creating conflicts with primary Federal                                                                       74 in the 944–952 MHz band 9 months
                                                                                                   Transmitter links (STL) stations and
                                           safety operations. Consistent with this                                                                       after issuance of the Channel
                                                                                                   fixed Aural Intercity Relay Links
                                           precedent, the Commission declines to                                                                         Reassignment PN, consistent with the
                                                                                                   stations (ICR). Entities eligible for a
                                           allow wireless microphone operations                                                                          requirements for new equipment
                                                                                                   license to operate wireless microphones
                                           on center frequencies throughout the                                                                          certified for LPAS devices that operate
                                                                                                   are limited to broadcast licensees and                in the TV bands. Further, the
                                           band that would overlap forest                          broadcast network entities. LPAS
                                           firefighting channels.                                                                                        Commission expands eligibility for
                                                                                                   devices using this particular band of                 operations in the 944–952 MHz band to
                                              61. The Commission agrees with                       spectrum may also be used to transmit                 include all entities currently eligible to
                                           commenters that it should promote                       synchronizing signals and various                     hold LPAS licenses for operation in the
                                           more opportunities for wireless                         control signals to portable or hand-                  TV bands. This step should help
                                           microphone use of this band.                            carried TV cameras which employ low                   address the need for additional
                                           Consequently, the Commission will                       power radio signals in lieu of cable to               spectrum outside of the TV bands for
                                           pursue the approach of creating new                     deliver picture signals to the control                this entire group of licensed users.
                                           channel centers between the existing                    point at the scene of a remote broadcast.                68. Licensed LPAS users operating in
                                           neighboring pairs of channels (i.e.,                    Under the applicable technical rules,                 the 944–952 MHz band (as in the TV
                                           169.475, 170.275, 171.075, and 171.875                  the operating bandwidth for LPAS                      bands) are subject to the frequency
                                           MHz). The Commission concludes that                     operations may not exceed 200 kHz, and                selection requirements contained in
                                           the record supports permitting                          the maximum transmitter power is 1                    § 74.803 of its Rules. The Society of
                                           operation on these new channel centers                  watt. Several manufacturers have                      Broadcast Engineers (SBE) runs a local
                                           with a bandwidth of up to 200 kilohertz,                developed wireless microphones that                   frequency coordination program for this
                                           rather than merely combining the                        use this band.                                        band and asserts that coordination
                                           existing channels into new channels                        65. In the NPRM, the Commission                    would have to be mandatory in order to
                                           with a bandwidth of less than 120                       sought comment on potential for more                  avoid interference among different
                                           kilohertz, because 200 kilohertz                        intensive use of this band for the                    licensees. Accordingly, the Commission
                                           bandwidth will support higher audio                     licensed wireless microphone                          will also require wireless microphone
                                           quality, which could facilitate operation               operations among the other BAS that                   users seeking access to this band to
                                           in the band by a wider range of users.                  use the band. It asked whether,                       coordinate their proposed use through
                                           Wireless microphones that have                          considering that less spectrum may be                 the local SBE coordinator.
                                           bandwidth exceeding 54 kilohertz will                   available for wireless microphone
                                           be required to comply with the emission                 operations in the UHF television bands,               b. 941–944 MHz Band and 952–960
                                           masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300                     licensees expect to make greater use of               MHz Band
                                           422–1 v1.4.2 (2008–11) that the                         this band in this band by migrating                      69. The two bands immediately
                                           Commission is adopting for licensed                     particular types of uses to this spectrum             adjacent to 944–952 MHz band—the
                                           wireless microphone operations in the                   when they are spectrum-constrained in                 941–944 MHz and the 952–960 MHz
                                           TV bands.                                               the TV bands, and whether this band is                bands—are licensed for fixed services in
                                              62. In order to protect Federal                      well-suited for high-quality uses.                    varying bandwidths (from 12.5 kHz up
                                           operations and the other secondary non-                 Because the Commission had proposed                   to 200 kHz) in different areas and
                                           Federal services, the Commission rejects                adopting ETSI standards for operations                segments of these eleven megahertz.
                                           the suggestion that it authorize wireless               in the TV bands, it also proposed                     Most of the spectrum in these two bands
                                           microphone operations in the 169–172                    adopting these standards for LPAS                     is licensed for Private Operational Fixed
                                           MHz band on an unlicensed basis                         operations in the 944–952 MHz band.                   (including business industrial and
                                           pursuant to part 15. Unlicensed                            66. The Commission also proposed                   public safety) and Common Carrier
                                           operations would eliminate the Federal                  expanding eligibility in the 944–952                  Fixed Microwave Services authorized
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           Government’s ability to review and                      MHz band to include all of the entities               under part 101, and fixed Aural
                                           object to new assignments in this                       currently eligible under part 74 for                  Broadcast Auxiliary Services (STL and
                                           primary Federal band. Instead, these                    licensed operation of LPAS devices in                 ICR) authorized under part 74, while
                                           operations will be licensed pursuant to                 the TV bands, given that their wireless               smaller portions are authorized for
                                           part 90 and applications will be subject                microphone needs are similar to those                 Multiple Address Systems (MAS),
                                           to Government coordination.                             of broadcasters and broadcast network                 which consist of point-to-multipoint


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                      71713

                                           Fixed Microwave Services authorized                     basis, generally under the rules                      protection zones, or imposed greater
                                           under part 101 of the rules.                            applicable for LPAS operations in the                 limitations on power levels used by
                                              70. Specifically, most of the 941–944                944–952 MHz band, provided that                       wireless microphones, or restricting use
                                           MHz band—the two and a half                             incumbent users in the band could be                  to indoors). In addition, the Commission
                                           megahertz between 941.5–944 MHz—is                      protected from interference. The                      sought comment on the technical rules
                                           available for licensing for Private and                 Commission inquired about the extent                  that would apply to wireless
                                           Common Carrier Fixed Microwave                          to which there are many locations in                  microphone operations in these bands.
                                           Services or for broadcast auxiliary                     these bands where spectrum is unused,                 It specifically asked whether wireless
                                           stations. Fixed point-to-point links in                 potentially available, and in sufficient              microphones should be permitted to
                                           these bands are typically used for long                 bandwidth (e.g., 200 kHz) suitable for                operate under the same technical rules
                                           distance low data-rate links between                    wireless microphone uses similar to                   for LPAS operations that apply to
                                           locations that have line of sight                       their uses in the TV bands and 944–952                operations in the 944–952 MHz band
                                           capability. They employ directional                     MHz band. Considering the different                   (e.g., power limits, maximum
                                           antennas and operate with fairly high                   services and service rules that apply to              bandwidth, Out of Band Emissions
                                           effective isotropic radiated power.                     portions of these bands, and the mix of               (OOBE), including the ETSI standards
                                           Receive antennas are also directional,                  point-to-point and point-to-multipoint                that it proposed to apply to such
                                           affording some rejection of unwanted                    services already operating in these                   operations. Finally, it sought comment
                                           signals off-axis from the main lobe of                  bands, the Commission asked whether                   on the equipment issues that would
                                           the antenna. The other portion, the half                specific sub-bands would be more                      pertain to wireless microphone
                                           megahertz between 941–941.5 MHz, is                     suitable than others for sharing with                 operations in these bands, including
                                           authorized for MAS operations,                          wireless microphones. In this regard, it              various issues relating to the
                                           specifically communications from MAS                    first inquired about those portions of the            certification process (e.g., whether
                                           master stations to remote stations;                     spectrum available for licensing for                  manufacturers should be able to
                                           consequently, transmission from the                     fixed microwave services, which                       certificate equipment under the same
                                           master station is generally omni-                       constitutes the majority of the spectrum              rules and procedures for LPAS devices
                                           directional, generally within a 25-mile                 in these bands. The Commission sought                 that operate in the 944–952 MHz band,
                                           radius, to many remote stations. MAS                    comment on the ability of wireless                    or needed to develop new equipment for
                                           historically has been used by the power,                microphone users to determine the                     these bands that would be certificated in
                                           petroleum, and security industries for                  availability of suitable spectrum at                  a different manner).
                                           various alarm, control, interrogation and               particular locations in these portions of
                                           status reporting requirements as well as                                                                         74. Based on the record before us, the
                                                                                                   the band, and what issues or factors it               Commission will open most of the 941–
                                           by the paging industry, and the                         should take into account to make
                                           licensing scheme adopted by the                                                                               944 and 952–960 MHz bands—the 2.5
                                                                                                   spectrum available for wireless                       megahertz of spectrum between 941.5–
                                           Commission was designed to                              microphone operations while protecting
                                           accommodate these past and present                                                                            944 MHz and the 6.8 megahertz of
                                                                                                   the incumbent fixed services that                     spectrum between 952.85–956.25 MHz
                                           uses. MAS licenses in this band are                     operate in these bands. The Commission
                                           either geographically-based or site-                                                                          and 956.45–959.85 MHz—for use by
                                                                                                   then made similar inquiries about                     wireless microphones and other LPAS
                                           based.                                                  making the portions of the spectrum in
                                              71. Most of the 952–960 MHz band—                                                                          license eligible entities currently
                                                                                                   these bands that are authorized for MAS               operating in the TV broadcast bands and
                                           6.8 megahertz of spectrum between
                                                                                                   operations available for wireless                     for whom it has expanded eligibility to
                                           952.85–956.25 MHz and 956.45–959.85
                                                                                                   microphone operations. Considering                    operate in the 944–952 MHz bands.
                                           MHz—is licensed for Private
                                           Operational Fixed Microwave Service                     that many MAS systems are used by                     Because wireless microphones operate
                                           (including business industrial and                      utilities for SCADA operations, it sought             at low power over short distances, and
                                           public safety) authorized under part                    comment on whether these existing                     fixed point-to-point systems employ
                                           101. The remaining portions of the band                 users operate in the same general                     directional antennas and operate with
                                           are also authorized for MAS operations                  geographic areas as wireless                          fairly high effective isotropic radiated
                                           in three distinct portions, totaling 1.2                microphone users, or whether the                      power, the Commission believes that the
                                           megahertz. The MAS bands are divided                    wireless microphone operations would                  risk of interference between LPAS
                                           into two groups with differing licensing                be separated geographically because                   operations and fixed point-to-point
                                           and service characteristics; these are                  these are different types of uses. It also            operations is low, and commenters
                                           commonly known as the 928/952/956                       asked about other factors that it should              generally agree with that conclusion.
                                           band—used for private internal or                       consider when determining whether                     The Commission finds further support
                                           public safety communications, and the                   and how to permit wireless microphone                 for its decision in parties’ assurances
                                           928/959 MHz band—used by CMRS and                       operations in these MAS portions.                     that equipment to utilize these
                                           paging network incumbents. The MAS                         73. The Commission also sought                     expanded bands could be brought to
                                           portions of these bands have historically               comment on designing rules that would                 market quickly. Furthermore, it finds
                                           been used by the power, petroleum, and                  be necessary to address any interference              that LPAS operations in the these bands
                                           security industries for various                         concerns with particular incumbent                    should be subject to the same part 74
                                           Supervisory Control and Data                            operations that could arise. It asked                 technical rules that apply to LPAS
                                           Acquisition (SCADA) operations as well                  whether certain types of services, such               operations in the 944–952 MHz band
                                           as by the paging industry. These                        as fixed microwave services, would                    (e.g., the same power limits, maximum
                                           licenses also could be either                           generally not be prone to interference,               bandwidth, and coordination
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           geographically-based or site-based.                     and whether others, such as MAS                       requirements). The Commission also
                                              72. In the NPRM, the Commission                      operations involving SCADA                            adopts the ETSI standard for emission
                                           proposed making unused portions of the                  operations, could be more susceptible to              masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300
                                           941–944 MHz and the 952–960 MHz                         interference and require more protected               422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08); and will require
                                           bands available for licensed wireless                   rules (e.g., rules to specify minimum                 emissions beyond +/¥1 MHz from the
                                           microphone operations on a secondary                    separation distances, or create                       carrier or center frequency to be


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71714            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           attenuated by 90 dB. It will apply this                 these bands are useful in meeting                     consider any technical revisions that
                                           standard to new licenses in the 941.5–                  various needs of wireless microphone                  could make this band more useful for
                                           944 MHz, 952.85–956.25 MHz and                          users. The Commission did not propose                 wireless microphone applications
                                           956.45–959.85 MHz bands upon the                        to revise any of these part 15 rules that             without adversely affecting operations
                                           effective date of this order. Consistent                apply to a broad range of unlicensed                  of other users in the band.
                                           with the coordination requirements the                  operations.                                              81. As discussed above, wireless
                                           Commission adopted for the 944–952                         78. The Commission concludes that                  microphone manufacturers are finding
                                           MHz band, it will also require wireless                 although the use of these bands at this               ways under the existing rules to make
                                           microphone users seeking access to the                  time may be more appropriate for                      use of this unlicensed band to address
                                           941.5–944 MHz, 952.85–956.25 MHz                        certain types of wireless microphone                  particular types of wireless microphone
                                           and 956.45–959.85 MHz bands to                          applications, they nonetheless can                    users’ needs. The Commission
                                           coordinate their proposed use through                   support devices that are part of the suite            encourages wireless microphone users
                                           the local SBE coordinator.                              of wireless microphone devices that                   to make use of this band where it can
                                              75. The Commission does not,                         accommodate the needs of various                      effectively serve their needs. It did not
                                           however, open the remaining portions                    users. It also anticipates that further               propose revisions to the rules in this
                                           of the bands authorized for MAS                         technological advances can make                       band, and recognizing the many other
                                           operations, in three distinct portions                  improvements in performance, and                      applications that make use of this band,
                                           totaling 1.7 megahertz, for licensed                    hence make use of these bands more                    it will not make revisions at this time.
                                           wireless microphone operations. Unlike                  attractive for meeting many wireless
                                                                                                                                                         7. 1435–1525 MHz Band
                                           with fixed point-to-point operations, it                microphone users’ needs. As noted
                                           concludes that there is a greater risk of               above, the Commission did not propose                    82. The 1435–1525 MHz band (1.4
                                           interference from a wireless microphone                 to make any revisions of the rules                    GHz band) is shared by the Federal
                                           being operated at close proximity to a                  applicable for a wide range of                        government and industry for
                                           MAS remote station. Unlike fixed point-                 unlicensed uses in these bands, and                   aeronautical mobile telemetry (AMT)
                                           to-point operations (including BAS                      decline here to make any revisions. It                operations. AMT systems are used for
                                           studio transmitter links), geographic                   generally is not inclined to make                     flight testing of manned and unmanned
                                           area MAS licensees may add master and                   changes to these rules without                        aircraft, missiles, and space vehicles,
                                           remote stations throughout their service                demonstrated need that changes would                  and associated communications such as
                                           area without prior Commission                           benefit the many users of these bands.                range safety, chase aircraft, and weather
                                           approval, and incumbent MAS licensees                                                                         data. The Department of Defense (DOD)
                                                                                                   6. 1920–1930 MHz Unlicensed PCS                       is the major Federal user of the band,
                                           are allowed to expand their systems
                                                                                                   Band                                                  although the National Aeronautics and
                                           under certain circumstances. Given the
                                           record before the Commission,                              79. The 1920–1930 MHz band is                      Space Administration (NASA) and the
                                           including the concerns of                               allocated to Fixed and Mobile services                Department of Energy (DOE) also have
                                           representatives of MAS interests, it                    on a primary basis and is designated for              assignments within it. The commercial
                                           concludes that proponents of using the                  use by Unlicensed Personal                            aviation industry uses the band for
                                           MAS bands for wireless microphones                      Communications Service (UPCS)                         flight testing of new and modified
                                           have not demonstrated that they can                     devices under the Commission’s part 15                commercial, corporate, and general
                                           coexist with MAS without causing                        rules for unlicensed operations. To                   aviation aircraft at various facilities
                                           interference. Furthermore, there is only                facilitate the sharing of spectrum in the             across the United States. Both the FCC
                                           a relatively small amount of spectrum in                UPCS band, the current rules require                  and NTIA recognize the Aerospace and
                                           discrete segments potentially unused                    use of a ‘‘listen-before-transmit’’                   Flight Test Radio Coordinating Council
                                           and available in this 1.7 megahertz.                    protocol that specifies a process for                 (AFTRCC) as the non-governmental
                                                                                                   monitoring the time and spectrum                      coordinator for assignment of flight test
                                           5. Unlicensed Operations in the 902–                    windows that a transmission is intended               frequencies in the band. Through the
                                           928 MHz, the 2.4 GHz, and the 5 GHz                     to occupy for signals above a defined                 Special Temporary Authority (STA)
                                           Bands                                                   threshold. Digital Enhanced Cordless                  process, professional sound engineering
                                              76. The 902–928 MHz, 2.4 GHz                         Telecommunications (DECT) technology                  companies responsible for major event
                                           (2400–2483.5 MHz), and 5 GHz (5725–                     may be used in this band since it                     productions have obtained authority to
                                           5850 MHz) bands generally permit                        complies with the general rules for                   operate both wireless microphones (and
                                           operations of unlicensed devices                        operating in this band. DECT-based                    similar audio devices) and video
                                           pursuant to two part 15 rules, 47 CFR                   radio technology facilitates voice, data,             equipment on a temporary basis (e.g., a
                                           15.247 and 15.249. Wireless                             and networking applications with range                few days or a week) to access this
                                           microphones are among the devices that                  requirements up to a few hundred                      spectrum. These STAs supplement the
                                           operate on an unlicensed basis in these                 meters. DECT technologies minimize                    parties’ existing access to other
                                           bands under these rules.                                interference and can be particularly                  spectrum resources (primarily the TV
                                              77. In the NPRM, the Commission                      effective for voice communications, and               bands) for coverage of sporting and
                                           sought general comment on the current                   many manufacturers make wireless                      other public events at specified
                                           and potential uses of the band for                      microphones that use this spectrum.                   locations around the country. Under
                                           various wireless microphone operations,                    80. In the NPRM, the Commission                    existing practice, the applicants have
                                           the types of applications for which the                 invited comment on the current and                    had to demonstrate that they have fully
                                           bands are best suited, the limitations                  potential uses of the 1920–1930 MHz                   coordinated their proposed spectrum
                                           associated with use of these bands, and                 UPCS band for wireless microphone                     use with AFTRCC before the
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           technological advances that have                        applications, advances in wireless                    Commission will grant a STA. The STAs
                                           improved the ability to make use of the                 microphone technologies making use of                 have provided the applicants access to
                                           band for wireless microphone                            this spectrum, and the types of                       up to 90 megahertz of spectrum in the
                                           operations. In requesting information on                applications for which it may be best                 1435–1525 MHz band, and only when
                                           the use of these bands, it sought to                    suited. It did not propose any revisions,             that spectrum is not subject to AMT use
                                           develop a more complete record of how                   but did ask generally whether it should               at the specified times and locations.


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                         71715

                                           Operators generally use equipment that                  the 1.4 GHz band. MBAN device                         adding a secondary mobile except
                                           has been specially developed or                         operators are required to register each               aeronautical mobile service allocation to
                                           modified for use of the 1.4 GHz band                    device with the frequency coordinator                 the 1435–1525 MHz band for limited
                                           spectrum.                                               and provide specified information—                    use under the service rules it adopts for
                                              83. In the NPRM, the Commission                      including the frequencies to be used, the             the band.
                                           proposed making the 1.4 GHz band                        location of the devices, the power levels                88. As proposed in the NPRM, the
                                           spectrum available for use by wireless                  used, and point of contact information                Commission authorized limited use of
                                           microphones on a secondary licensed                     regarding the entity responsible for the              the 1.4 GHz band for licensed wireless
                                           basis, with use limited to licensed                     MBAN device operations. MBAN                          microphones operations, with
                                           professional users at specified locations               devices also must cease transmission in               secondary status in the band in the table
                                           and times operating pursuant to                         the absence of a control message. The                 of allocations, and only provided that
                                           specified safeguards designed to protect                Commission further noted that, as part                certain conditions and safeguards
                                           AMT use of the band. It sought general                  of the MBAN proceeding, it had                        designed to protect AMT services are
                                           comment on the suitability of this                      recognized that specific tools, such as               met. Experience through the STA
                                           spectrum for wireless microphone                        electronic keys, could be useful to                   process demonstrates that, under proper
                                           operations, and stated its commitment                   coordinators as they sought to achieve                conditions, wireless microphones will
                                           to ensuring that any wireless                           mutually agreeable coordination                       be able to operate in this band without
                                           microphones operating in this spectrum                  agreements.                                           interfering with the critical aeronautical
                                           are spectrally efficient and frequency                     86. The Commission sought comment                  flight test operations that rely on
                                           agile.                                                  on requiring that wireless microphone                 primary access to this spectrum.
                                              84. While the Commission sought to                   systems, which often are moved from                   Eligibility to use this band will be
                                           provide wireless microphone users in                    one location to another (e.g., when used              restricted to professional users (to
                                           need of additional spectrum resources                   to cover different events), could only                include broadcasters, professional
                                           with access to the 1.4 GHz band                         operate through use of an automatic                   television and cable programmers, and
                                           spectrum to help accommodate those                      mechanism (such as an electronic key,                 professional sound engineering
                                           needs, it contemplated only limited use                 and location-awareness capability, or                 companies, and operators at major
                                           of this spectrum and did not propose to                 similar mechanisms) that would serve to               venues that manage and coordinate
                                           open it for either widespread or                        prevent wireless microphones from                     wireless microphone operations). The
                                           itinerant uses throughout the nation. In                operating unless on approved                          Commission also adopted Shure’s
                                           particular, the Commission proposed                     frequencies in the 1.4 GHz band at the                recommendation, and will permit 200
                                           that wireless microphone uses be                        approved location/venue(s) during                     kHz analog and digital masks and adopt
                                           restricted to specific fixed locations,                 approved time(s). In addition, the                    the emission masks in Section 8.3 of
                                           such as large venues (whether outdoor                   Commission invited comment on                         ETSI standard EN 300–422–1 v1.4.2
                                           or indoor), where there may be a need                   whether it should adopt point-of-sale                 (2011–08), with power levels of up to
                                           to deploy large numbers of microphones                  restrictions that would enable only                   250mW consistent with the rules for
                                           (e.g., 100 or more), and only at specified              entities licensed to operate in this band             UHF operations in the TV bands. To
                                           times. It proposed limiting eligibility to              (discussed below) to obtain the devices.              accommodate this limited use, the
                                           professional users, including                              87. To the extent the Commission                   Commission is adding a new footnote,
                                           broadcasters, professional television and               decided to authorize wireless                         US84, to the Table of Frequency
                                           cable programmers, and professional                     microphone operations in this band, it                Allocations. This footnote explicitly
                                           sound engineering companies, and                        sought comment on the technical rules                 permits secondary wireless microphone
                                           operators at major venues that manage                   that would apply to devices that would                use in the 1435–1525 MHz band, which
                                           and coordinate wireless microphone                      use the band, including considerations                is already allocated to the mobile
                                           operations, i.e., the entities eligible for             designed to ensure that the primary                   service on a primary basis but restricted
                                           licensed LPAS operations in the TV                      AMT operations would be protected. It                 to aeronautical telemetry.
                                           bands. In proposing to require prior                    asked whether the technical rules                        89. As proposed in the NPRM, the
                                           coordination with AFTRCC, the                           should be the similar to those that apply             Commission is only authorizing limited
                                           Commission sought comment on                            to wireless microphones that operate in               use of this spectrum for licensed
                                           specific coordination mechanisms that                   other bands, as well as whether ETSI                  wireless microphone uses, where access
                                           would ensure that wireless microphone                   standards should be adopted for those                 may be important for certain specified
                                           operations only occur at the locations                  devices. To preserve maximum                          events. It is not opening up this band
                                           and times where authorized, and would                   flexibility for wireless microphone                   either for widespread use or for itinerant
                                           be effective in preventing the use of                   operations in the band, it inquired                   uses throughout the nation. In
                                           these devices at any other location or                  whether it should require wireless                    particular, it is restricting use to specific
                                           time without authorization.                             microphones to have the capability of                 fixed locations, such as large venues
                                              85. In considering the appropriate                   tuning across the band, as well as                    (whether outdoor or indoor), where
                                           framework for wireless microphone                       whether wireless microphones designed                 there is a need to deploy large numbers
                                           operations in the band, the Commission                  to operate in the 1.4 GHz band should                 of microphones (typically 100 or more)
                                           noted that it already permits secondary,                have modular transmitting components                  for specified time periods, for situations
                                           low power short-range Medical Body                      that, if necessary, could be replaced to              in which the other available spectrum
                                           Area Network (MBAN) devices to share                    enhance frequency agility. In addition,               resources are insufficient.
                                           use of another band where AMT                           the Commission asked whether there                       90. Protection of primary service in
                                           operations are primary (i.e., the 2360–                 should be an interim process for                      the band by this new secondary service
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           2390 MHz band) pursuant to a specified                  permitting wireless microphone                        is of paramount importance. Wireless
                                           coordination process. The Commission                    operations in the band as any necessary               microphone use in the band must be
                                           asked about the extent to which the                     new devices are being made, and what                  coordinated with the non-governmental
                                           rules for MBAN operations might serve                   device certification process should be                coordinator for assignment of flight test
                                           as a model for rules that it should adopt               employed. Finally, consistent with its                frequencies in the band (i.e., AFTRCC),
                                           for wireless microphone operations in                   proposal, the Commission envisioned                   and authentication and location


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00035   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71716            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           verification will be required before a                  the flight test community. It is also not             manufactures to continue to innovate
                                           coordinated wireless microphone begins                  mandating, at this time, the use of a                 and find further operational efficiencies,
                                           operation. Wireless microphones                         specific coordinator or coordinators to               and believe that they will be able to
                                           operating in this band must also be                     represent the wireless microphone                     draw on the experiences of MBAN
                                           tunable across the entire 1435–1525                     community (analogous to the MBAN                      proponents as they develop equipment
                                           MHz band, as recommended by                             coordinator). The decision as to whether              designed to operate in the AMT space.
                                           AFTRCC. This capability will facilitate                 such a coordinator may be appropriate                 Finally, because the Commission will
                                           coordination with incumbent users                       for the professional licensed wireless                continue to allow for the existing
                                           whose aeronautical testing may be                       microphone user base (and                             coordinated use of this band under the
                                           variable across the band. Additionally,                 consideration of whether such a                       STA process, it is not establishing an
                                           the Commission will authorize all                       coordinator would provide sufficient                  interim process for permitting wireless
                                           microphones operating in a particular                   user oversight so as to allow greater                 microphone use under the new
                                           area to access no more than 30                          flexibility in how 1.4 GHz wireless                   procedures pending the development of
                                           megahertz in the 1435–1525 MHz band.                    microphone equipment may be                           new equipment and final coordination
                                           This requirement will facilitate                        designed) will be better informed after               and registration requirements.
                                           coexistence in the band by ensuring that                further discussion by the interested
                                                                                                                                                         8. 3.5 GHz Band
                                           wireless microphones operating be able                  parties.
                                           to coordinate around AMT operations                        93. The Commission’s intent is to                     95. In the NPRM, the Commission
                                           and by promoting the development of                     provide a stable new environment for                  noted the 3.5 GHz Band FNPRM
                                           spectrally efficient technologies (e.g.,                professional wireless microphone users,               adopted earlier in 2014, in which it
                                           digital technologies). The Commission                   but it must also be mindful of the fact               sought comment various potential uses
                                           also emphasizes that the STA process                    that, as noted above, wireless                        of the 3.5 GHz band as it developed
                                           remains available to address                            microphone use of the 1.4 GHz band                    rules for operating in that band, see 79
                                           extraordinary situations or special                     will operate pursuant to a secondary                  FR 31247, June 2, 2014. It made clear
                                           events requiring more spectrum access.                  allocation. In light of this regulatory               that all of the issues regarding the
                                              91. The Commission is convinced that                 status, and considering the history of                policies and rules for operations in the
                                           many of the elements that led to the                    wireless microphone users having to                   3.5 GHz proceeding would be decided
                                           successful adoption of the final MBAN                   replace equipment as band availability                in that proceeding, but nonetheless
                                           service rules will also promote licensed                has evolved, the Commission strongly                  sought general comment on whether
                                           secondary wireless microphone use of                    encourages parties designing equipment                wireless microphone operations
                                           the 1.4 GHz band. Chief among these                     for this band to incorporate design                   potentially could be employed in the 3.5
                                           will be the cooperation of the AMT                      elements—such as modular transmitting                 GHz band to help accommodate
                                           community in recognizing opportunities                  components or wider tuning capability                 particular needs of users.
                                           to share use of the band in those                       extending to other bands—that will                       96. In April 2015, the Commission
                                           locations and times that will not                       allow the greatest future flexibility                 adopted rules for commercial use of 150
                                           interfere with the critical existing                    should regulatory circumstances ever                  megahertz in the 3.5 GHz band, see 80
                                           primary use, and the implementation of                  change. The Commission reminds                        FR 34119, June 15, 2015. These rules
                                           a coordination process to allow for such                licensees and manufacturers that they                 specified a federal/non-federal sharing
                                           determinations in a timely and effective                will bear the future cost of any such                 arrangement of that band as part of a
                                           manner. However, the Commission                         changes and, therefore, that relatively               broader three-tiered sharing framework,
                                           recognizes that this coordination                       small upfront costs to increase                       which included Priority Access and
                                           scenario is different from the MBANs                    flexibility may prevent much greater                  General Authorized Access (GAA) tiers
                                           case in that the secondary use will not                 costs associated with replacing                       of service for commercial wireless use.
                                           be restricted to indoor locations in                    equipment in the unforeseeable future.                This band potentially can provide
                                           relatively limited and well-defined                     It intends to continue a dialog with the              opportunities for wireless microphone
                                           geographic places (i.e., hospitals). The                wireless microphone community so that                 operations. Both tiers of service are
                                           Commission thinks there is good basis                   licensees and manufacturers will be able              open to any party eligible for a
                                           for AFTRCC’s suggestions that                           to anticipate, well in advance, any new               Commission license and could provide
                                           equipment authentication be done                        developments (e.g., the availability of               opportunities for wireless microphone
                                           through an automated mechanism and                      other bands for wireless microphones)                 operations.
                                           repeated regularly, that the equipment                  that might inform the design of new                   9. 6875–7125 MHz Band
                                           be designed to automatically cease                      equipment.
                                           operation in the absence of such                           94. While the Commission concludes                    97. As the Commission discussed in
                                           registration and authentication, and that               that the costs of the particular                      the NPRM, the 6875–7125 MHz band (7
                                           the equipment incorporate a geolocation                 requirements it is establishing for                   GHz band) has long been authorized for
                                           capability more sophisticated than the                  wireless microphone use of the 1.4 GHz                shared co-primary use for fixed
                                           manual entry of coordinates.                            band are outweighed by the benefits of                microwave operations among TV BAS
                                           Accordingly, the Commission will                        allowing licensed secondary use in a                  stations (including television studio-
                                           require manufacturers to design, and                    band that would otherwise not be                      transmitter links, television relay
                                           operators to use, software-based controls               available, it recognizes that the                     stations, and television translator relay
                                           (or similar functionality) to prevent                   requirements are likely to limit 1.4 GHz              stations) under part 74 and cable
                                           devices from operating in the band                      wireless microphone use to a relatively               television relay stations (CARS) under
                                           except in the specific channels                         limited community of professional                     part 78 of its rules. Broadcast network
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           coordinated with AFTRCC for any given                   users. The limited size of the user pool              and cable entities may also use the band
                                           location.                                               will facilitate coordinated use of the                on a secondary basis for mobile or
                                              92. The Commission will leave the                    band and mitigate successfully                        temporary fixed microwave operations
                                           details of these matters for resolution at              AFTRCC’s concerns regarding                           for TV and CARS pickup stations. In
                                           a future time, to be informed by further                unauthorized users. The Commission                    addition, broadcasters can operate
                                           negotiation between manufacturers and                   also expects wireless microphone                      certain BAS facilities in the 7 GHz band


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00036   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                      71717

                                           on a short-term, secondary basis without                could supplement those existing                       reassured in its approach to the 7 GHz
                                           prior authorization for up to 720 hours                 applications. The Commission sought                   band by the commenters stating that
                                           a year. The BAS stations make it                        comment on particular rules that could                equipment for these bands is readily
                                           possible for television and radio stations              facilitate wireless microphone                        available internationally and could be
                                           and networks to transmit program                        operations in the band while also                     easily brought to market. While
                                           materials from the sites of breaking                    protecting existing services, specifically            Broadcast Sports, Incorporated (BSI)
                                           news stories or other live events to                    inquiring whether it should make                      favored setting aside 13 megahertz
                                           television studios for inclusion in                     spectrum in all of the 7 GHz band                     spectrum segments only for wireless
                                           broadcast programs. The CARS stations                   available for wireless microphone                     microphone use on a primary basis, the
                                           enable cable operators to distribute                    operations on a secondary, non-                       Commission declines to do so because
                                           programming to microwave hubs where                     interfering basis, or only make certain               the 7 GHz band should remain fully
                                           it is impossible or too expensive to run                portions of the 7 GHz band available for              available for BAS, CARS, and point-to-
                                           cable and to cover live events. In 2011,                wireless microphone operations. It also               point operations. It is concerned that
                                           the Commission also authorized Fixed                    sought comment on what technical rules                granting LPAS exclusive or co-primary
                                           Services (FS) microwave operations                      (LPAS or otherwise) would best                        status could impede the growth of the
                                           under part 101 (for Private, Common                     facilitate wireless microphone                        important existing uses of the band.
                                           Carrier, or Public Safety microwave                     operations in the band, whether such                  Furthermore, under the Commission’s
                                           systems) to share use of the band, on a                 rules should include the ETSI                         existing rules, LPAS users are required
                                           co-primary basis, but only in areas                     standards, and what if any interference               to avoid causing harmful interference to
                                           where BAS and CARS television pickup                    criteria such as geographic exclusion                 any other class of station authorized
                                           operations are not licensed and not on                  zones or OOBE limits would protect                    under its rules or the Table of
                                           two 25 megahertz channels in the                        incumbent services in the band. Given                 Allocations. BSI has not explained why
                                           middle of the band reserved for TV                      that coordination among licensees                     a different rule is necessary or
                                           pickup stations (channels at 6975–7000                  currently is required, the Commission                 appropriate in the 7 GHz band.
                                           MHz and 7000–7025 MHz).                                 asked to what extent formal or informal               Moreover, the Commission has
                                              98. The 250 megahertz in the 7 GHz                   coordination of wireless microphone                   endeavored to make two 25 megahertz
                                           band is comprised of ten 25 megahertz                   operations should be required—i.e.,                   channels available at the top and bottom
                                           channels. BAS and CARS licensees may                    whether wireless microphone users                     of the band (more than BSI requested)
                                           be authorized to operate both fixed and                 could share operations among                          so that wireless microphones will have
                                           mobile stations on any of these                         themselves on the same private-sector,                additional flexibility to select specific
                                           channels, and FS licensees on all but                   frequency-coordinated basis that exists               frequencies within the channel that will
                                           two of them (as noted above). The                       for the use of BAS mobile shared                      not cause interference to other services
                                           Commission has not otherwise adopted                    spectrum. Finally, it sought comment on               in the bands.
                                           a formal, nationwide segmentation plan                  the availability of wireless microphone
                                           for the 7 GHz band to separate fixed and                                                                         101. With respect to coordination,
                                                                                                   equipment for this band.                              generally, in lieu of mandating specific
                                           mobile operation. BAS and CARS
                                           licensees are authorized to operate on                     100. The Commission will permit                    interference criteria in its rules, the
                                           25 megahertz channels, FS operators                     BAS and CARS eligible entities, as well               Commission expects applicants and
                                           may be authorized to operate on 25                      as the other entities eligible to hold                licensees to work out interference issues
                                           megahertz channels or on smaller                        LPAS licenses under part 74, to operate               in the frequency coordination process.
                                           channels of 5, 8.33 or 12.5 megahertz.                  wireless microphones on a licensed,                   FS, BAS, and CARS (other than mobile
                                           Furthermore, all fixed BAS, CARS, and                   secondary basis in the 7 GHz band on                  or temporary fixed operations) already
                                           part 101 FS stations must engage in the                 two 25 megahertz channels that it will                operate in the 7 GHz band subject to a
                                           same frequency coordination process                     set aside for such use on the top and                 formal Part 101 coordination process
                                           required of all part 101 services,                      bottom channels of this band (6875–                   pursuant to which all fixed station
                                           whereas temporary fixed or mobile TV                    6900 MHz and 7100–7125 MHz). It                       applicants must provide affected
                                           pickup services continue to be subject to               declines to make the entire band                      licensees and contemporaneous
                                           informal coordination procedures                        available for wireless microphone use                 applicants with 30-day prior
                                           within their service areas.                             because there has been no                             notification and an opportunity to
                                              99. In the NPRM, the Commission                      demonstration that there is a need for all            participate in frequency coordination
                                           proposed to permit licensed wireless                    250 megahertz of spectrum to be made                  before filing their applications with the
                                           microphone operations on available                      available for wireless microphone use.                Commission. Mobile and temporary
                                           channels in this band, on a secondary                   The Commission is particularly                        fixed stations are generally coordinated
                                           basis, for entities eligible to hold BAS or             concerned about compatibility between                 through local SBE coordinators
                                           CARS licenses. Considering the                          wireless microphones and itinerant BAS                pursuant to the requirements in section
                                           likelihood of significant areas of unused               operations in the two channels reserved               74.638(d). The Commission will require
                                           spectrum throughout this band, the                      for nationwide use. SBE originally                    new wireless microphone operations in
                                           Commission sought comment on                            supported use of one 25 megahertz                     the band to coordinate their operations
                                           whether spectrum in this band could be                  channel in the band, and by offering                  through the local SBE coordinator. It
                                           made available for relatively low power,                twice as much spectrum, the                           will permit licensees to aggregate
                                           short-range wireless microphone                         Commission hopes to create the                        channels in these bands for wider-band
                                           operations without interfering with                     necessary flexibility for wireless                    transmission. Finally, it will apply the
                                           existing services. Given that BAS and                   microphones to opportunistically find                 same part 74 technical rules applicable
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           CARS licensees already use the 7 GHz                    frequencies they can use on a secondary               to wireless microphones in the TV
                                           band for certain types of video                         basis without interfering with, or                    broadcast bands to their operations in
                                           applications and programming                            receiving interference from, primary                  these bands, require that wireless
                                           production, it asked whether there                      users with whom they must share and                   microphones comply with the emission
                                           would be synergies in permitting                        who typically operate at a higher power.              masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300
                                           wireless microphone operations that                     Additionally, the Commission is                       422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08) and will require


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00037   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71718            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           that emissions beyond +/¥1 MHz from                     term. In particular, the Commission                   Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002,
                                           the carrier or center frequency to be                   inquired about the 2020–2025 MHz                      Public Law 107–198, 44 U.S.C.
                                           attenuated by 90 dB.                                    band, asking whether this band might be               3506(c)(4), the Commission previously
                                                                                                   technically suitable for wireless                     sought specific comment on how it
                                           10. Ultra-Wideband
                                                                                                   microphone operations, the potential                  might further reduce the information
                                              102. The Commission’s rules for ultra-               equipment availability, and other issues              collection burden for small business
                                           wideband (UWB) unlicensed devices are                   that would need to be considered. It also             concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
                                           set forth in part 15, subpart F. Operating              requested comment on how a decision
                                           pursuant to the technical rules set forth                                                                     B. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
                                                                                                   to permit wireless microphone
                                           in part 15, UWB devices can use                         operations in this band would affect its                108. As required by the Regulatory
                                           spectrum occupied by existing radio                     earlier decision to allocate those five               Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended
                                           services without causing harmful                        megahertz for non-federal fixed and                   (RFA),1 and Initial Regulatory
                                           interference, thereby permitting scarce                 mobile service, whether allowing access               Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) was
                                           spectrum resources to be used more                      would be helpful in accommodating                     incorporated in the in the Notice of
                                           efficiently. Wireless microphones                       wireless microphone operations, and                   Proposed Rule Making (NPRM),
                                           operating under these rules would be                    whether use of this band for wireless                 Promoting Spectrum Access for
                                           required to operate pursuant to the                     microphones would advance its                         Wireless Microphone Operations, GN
                                           UWB rules for communications systems,                   spectrum management goals, including                  Docket No. 14–166 and Expanding the
                                           which permit operations in the 3.1–10.6                 promoting efficient use of spectrum.                  Economic and Innovation Opportunities
                                           GHz band. Under the UWB rules, these                       106. The Commission declines to take               of Spectrum Through Incentive
                                           devices must be designed to ensure that                 any action with respect to 2020–2025                  Auctions, GN Docket No. 12–268.2 The
                                           operation can occur indoors only, or                    MHz at this time. In the NPRM, it asked               Commission sought written public
                                           must consist of hand-held devices that                  commenters who were interested in this                comment on the proposals in the NPRM,
                                           may be employed for such activities as                  band to address the technical suitability             including comment on the IRFA. This
                                           peer-to-peer operation. The Commission                  of this band for wireless microphones,                present Final Regulatory Flexibility
                                           noted that at least one wireless                        to identify the potential availability of             Analysis (FRFA) conforms to the RFA.3
                                           microphone manufacturer has                             equipment for operations in the band,
                                           developed and markets wireless                                                                                C. Need for, and Objectives of, the
                                                                                                   and to explain how wireless                           Report and Order
                                           microphones that operate under these                    microphone use would be consistent
                                           rules.                                                  with the Commission’s earlier decision                  109. In this Report and Order, we take
                                              103. In the NPRM, the Commission                     to allocate this band for non-federal                 several actions to accommodate wireless
                                           sought comment on the current and                       fixed and mobile service. It also sought              microphone users’ needs in the coming
                                           potential uses of UWB devices for                       comment on how permitting wireless                    years. Many types of users employ
                                           wireless microphone applications. It                    microphone operations would be                        wireless microphones in a variety of
                                           asked whether there are there particular                advance spectral efficiency and other                 settings. Wireless microphone
                                           uses for which wireless microphones                     spectrum management goals. While                      operations range from professional uses,
                                           operating under UWB rules are well                      certain parties express support for using             with the need for numerous high-
                                           suited, such as indoor and/or short-                    this band for wireless microphones, the               performance microphones along with
                                           range operations, and whether                           record currently before the Commission                other microphones, to the need for a
                                           manufacturers are promoting the use of                  does not provide sufficient basis to                  handheld microphone to transmit voice
                                           UWB wireless microphones for                            make this spectrum available for                      communications, to a range of different
                                           particular applications. Finally, it                    wireless microphone operations at this                uses and needs for different numbers of
                                           invited comment regarding steps that it                 time, particularly in light of the                    microphones in different settings.
                                           should take to facilitate use of UWB                    substantial steps it takes in this R&O to             Through these actions, we seek to
                                           devices for wireless microphone uses. It                accommodate wireless microphone                       enable wireless microphone users to
                                           did not propose or seek comment on                      operations in other bands. Accordingly,               have access to a suite of devices that
                                           any rule revisions that would be                        while the Commission does not                         operate effectively and efficiently in
                                           designed to accommodate wireless                        foreclose future consideration of                     different spectrum bands and can
                                           microphone applications.                                wireless microphone operations in the                 address their respective needs.
                                              104. While the Commission did not                                                                            110. We adopt several changes in our
                                                                                                   2020–2025 MHz band, it is not
                                           propose, nor is it adopting, any changes                                                                      rules for operations in the TV bands,
                                                                                                   permitting wireless microphone access
                                           to these rules, it does encourage further                                                                     where most wireless microphone
                                                                                                   to this band at this time.
                                           developments that can enable various                                                                          operations occur today. With respect to
                                           wireless microphone applications to                     III. Procedural Matters                               the TV bands, we revise our rules to
                                           meet particular consumers’ needs. Any                                                                         provide more opportunities to access
                                                                                                   A. Paperwork Reduction Analysis
                                           changes to the existing rules would                                                                           spectrum by allowing greater use of the
                                           require much more extensive technical                     107. This Report and Order contains                 VHF channels and more co-channel
                                           justification and analyses, as an initial               new or modified information collection
                                           matter, which are not before the                        requirements subject to the Paperwork                   1 See 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, see 5 U.S.C. 601–

                                           Commission.                                             Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Public                   612, has been amended by the Small Business
                                                                                                   Law 104–13. It will be submitted to the               Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996
                                           11. Other Potential Bands                               Office of Management and Budget                       (SBREFA), Pub. L. 104–121, Title II, 110 Stat. 857
                                                                                                                                                         (1996).
                                             105. In the NPRM, the Commission                      (OMB) for review under section 3507(d)
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                                                                                                                           2 See Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless
                                           invited comment on whether there are                    of the PRA. OMB, the general public,                  Microphone Operations; GN Docket No. 14–166 and
                                           other bands not currently available for                 and other Federal agencies are invited to             Expanding the Economic and Innovation
                                           wireless microphone operations that                     comment on the new or modified                        Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive
                                                                                                                                                         Auctions, GN Docket 12.268 (FCC 14–145) Notice
                                           may be useful in helping to                             information collection requirements                   of Proposed Rulemaking, 29 FCC Rcd 12343,
                                           accommodate their needs, whether in                     contained in this proceeding. In                      adopted September 30, 2014.
                                           the nearer term and over the longer                     addition, pursuant to the Small                         3 See 5 U.S.C. 604.




                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00038   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                                   71719

                                           operations without the need                               RFA generally defines the term ‘‘small                  auxiliary stations transmit over
                                           coordination where use would not cause                    entity’’ as having the same meaning as                  distances of approximately 100
                                           harmful interference to TV service. We                    the terms ‘‘small business,’’ ‘‘small                   meters.14 The appropriate LPAS size
                                           also open up the licensed use of the                      organization,’’ and ‘‘small governmental                standard under SBA rules is for the
                                           duplex gap to all entities eligible to hold               jurisdiction.’’ 5 In addition, the term                 category Wireless Telecommunications
                                           LPAS licenses for using TV band                           ‘‘small business’’ has the same meaning                 Carriers (except Satellite). The size
                                           spectrum. We also will require new                        as the term ‘‘small business concern’’                  standard for that category is that a
                                           wireless microphones operating in the                     under the Small Business Act.6 A small                  business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
                                           TV bands and certain other bands to                       business concern is one which: (1) Is                   employees.15 For this category, census
                                           meet the more efficient analog and                        independently owned and operated; (2)                   data for 2007 show that there were 1,383
                                           digital ETSI standards, which will                        is not dominant in its field of operation;              firms that operated for the entire year.16
                                           ensure more efficient use of the                          and (3) satisfies any additional criteria               Of this total, 1,368 firms had
                                           spectrum. In addition, we address                         established by the SBA.7                                employment of 999 or fewer employees
                                           consumer education and outreach                              114. Small Businesses, Small                         and 15 had employment of 1000
                                           efforts that can help consumers                           Organizations, and Small Governmental                   employees or more.17 Thus, using this
                                           transition out of the TV band spectrum                    Jurisdictions. Our action may, over time,               data, we estimate that the majority of
                                           that is repurposed for wireless services,                 affect small entities that are not easily               wireless firms can be considered small.
                                           and equipment certification procedures                    categorized at present. We therefore                    There are a total of more than 1,200 Low
                                           that will apply to wireless microphones                   describe here, at the outset, three                     Power Auxiliary Station (LPAS) licenses
                                           in the future. We also discuss several                    comprehensive, statutory small entity                   in all bands and a total of over 600
                                           additional actions we are taking with                     size standards.8 First, nationwide, there               LPAS licenses in the UHF spectrum.18
                                           respect to other spectrum bands                           are a total of 28.2 million small                          116. Low Power Auxiliary Device
                                           currently available for wireless                          businesses, according to the SBA.9 In                   Manufacturers: Radio and Television
                                           microphone operations to enable greater                   addition, a ‘‘small organization’’ is                   Broadcasting and Wireless
                                           use of these band to accommodate                          generally ‘‘any not-for-profit enterprise               Communications Equipment
                                           wireless microphone uses in the future.                   which is independently owned and                        Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
                                           Specifically, we adopt revisions to                       operated and is not dominant in its                     defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
                                           provide new opportunities in the 169–                     field.’’ 10 Nationwide, as of 2012, there               industry comprises establishments
                                           172 MHz band and the 944–952 MHz                          were approximately 2,300,000 small                      primarily engaged in manufacturing
                                           band. Finally, we open up three other                     organizations.11 Finally, the term ‘‘small
                                                                                                                                                             radio and television broadcast and
                                           sets of spectrum bands—portions of the                    governmental jurisdiction’’ is defined
                                                                                                                                                             wireless communications equipment.
                                           941–944MHz and 952–960 MHz bands,                         generally as ‘‘governments of cities,
                                                                                                                                                             Examples of products made by these
                                           the 1430–1525 MHz band, and the                           towns, townships, villages, school
                                                                                                                                                             establishments are: Transmitting and
                                           6875–7125 MHz band—for sharing with                       districts, or special districts, with a
                                                                                                                                                             receiving antennas, cable television
                                           licensed wireless microphone                              population of less than fifty
                                                                                                                                                             equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
                                           operations under specified conditions.                    thousand.’’ 12 Census Bureau data for
                                                                                                                                                             cellular phones, mobile
                                                                                                     2012 indicate that there were 90,056
                                           D. Summary of Significant Issues Raised                                                                           communications equipment, and radio
                                                                                                     local governments in the United
                                           by Public Comments in Response to the                                                                             and television studio and broadcasting
                                                                                                     States.13 Thus, we estimate that most
                                           IFRA                                                      governmental jurisdictions are small.                   equipment.’’ 19 The SBA has developed
                                                                                                        115. Low Power Auxiliary Station                     a small business size standard for Radio
                                              111. There were no public comments
                                                                                                     (LPAS) Licensees. Existing LPAS                         and Television Broadcasting and
                                           filed that specifically addressed the
                                                                                                     operations are intended for uses such as                Wireless Communications Equipment
                                           rules and policies proposed in the IRFA.
                                                                                                     wireless microphones, cue and control                   Manufacturing, which is: All such firms
                                           E. Response to Comments by the Chief                      communications, and synchronization                     having 750 or fewer employees.20
                                           Counsel for Advocacy of the Small                         of TV camera signals. These low power                   According to Census Bureau data for
                                           Business Administration                                                                                           2007, there were a total of 939
                                              112. Pursuant to the Small Business                      55  U.S.C. 601(6).                                    establishments in this category that
                                                                                                       65  U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference the
                                           Jobs Act of 2010, the Commission is
                                                                                                     definition of ‘‘small business concern’’ in 15 U.S.C.     14 47   CFR 74.801.
                                           required to respond to any comments                       632). Pursuant to the RFA, the statutory definition       15 13   CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517210).
                                           filed by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy                   of a small business applies ‘‘unless an agency, after      16 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,
                                           of the Small Business Administration,                     consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the         Information: Subject Series—Establishment and
                                           and to provide a detailed statement of                    Small Business Administration and after                 Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United
                                                                                                     opportunity for public comment, establishes one or
                                           any change made to the proposed rules                     more definitions of such term which are
                                                                                                                                                             States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), http://
                                           as a result of those comments. The Chief                                                                          factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
                                                                                                     appropriate to the activities of the agency and         pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
                                           Counsel did not file any comments in                      publishes such definition(s) in the Federal             51SSSZ5.
                                           response to the proposed rules in this                    Register.’’ 5 U.S.C. 601(3).                               17 Id. Available census data do not provide a more
                                                                                                       7 Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632 (1996).
                                           proceeding.                                                                                                       precise estimate of the number of firms that have
                                                                                                       8 See 5 U.S.C. 601(3)–(6).
                                                                                                                                                             employment of 1,500 or fewer employees; the
                                           F. Description and Estimate of the                          9 See SBA, Office of Advocacy, ‘‘Frequently
                                                                                                                                                             largest category provided is for firms with 1000
                                           Number of Small Entities to Which the                     Asked Questions,’’ http://www.sba.gov/sites/            employees or more.
                                           Final Rules Will Apply                                    default/files/FAQ_March_2014_0.pdf (last visited           18 FCC, Universal Licensing System (ULS),
                                                                                                     May 2, 2014; figures are from 2011).                    available at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/
                                             113. The RFA directs agencies to
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                                                                       10 5 U.S.C. 601(4).
                                                                                                                                                             index.htm?job=home (last visited May 13, 2014).
                                           provide a description of and, where                         11 National Center for Charitable Statistics, The        19 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:

                                           feasible, an estimate of the number of                    Nonprofit Almanac (2012).                               334220 Radio and Television Broadcasting and
                                                                                                       12 5 U.S.C. 601(5).                                   Wireless Communications Equipment
                                           small entities that may be affected by                      13 U.S. Census Bureau, Government Organization        Manufacturing, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
                                           the proposed rules, if adopted.4 The                      Summary Report: 2012 (rel. Sep. 26, 2013), http://      sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012
                                                                                                     www2.census.gov/govs/cog/g12_org.pdf (last visited      (last visited May 6, 2014).
                                             45   U.S.C. 603(b)(3).                                  May 2, 2014).                                              20 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334220.




                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014     14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000    Frm 00039   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM     17NOR1


                                           71720            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           operated for the entire year.21 Of this                  under this size standard, the majority of                  noncommercial educational (NCE)
                                           total, 912 establishments had                            firms can be considered small.                             television stations to be 396.32 These
                                           employment of less than 500, and an                         118. Television Broadcasting. This                      stations are non-profit, and therefore
                                           additional 10 establishments had                         Economic Census category ‘‘comprises                       considered to be small entities.33
                                           employment of 500 to 999.22 Thus,                        establishments primarily engaged in                           121. There are also 2,414 low power
                                           under this size standard, the majority of                broadcasting images together with                          television stations, including Class A
                                           firms can be considered small.                           sound. These establishments operate                        stations and 4,046 television translator
                                                                                                    television broadcasting studios and                        stations.34 Given the nature of these
                                              117. Low Power Auxiliary Device
                                                                                                    facilities for the programming and                         services, we will presume that all of
                                           Manufacturers: Other Communications                      transmission of programs to the
                                           Equipment Manufacturing. The Census                                                                                 these entities qualify as small entities
                                                                                                    public.’’ 27 The SBA has created the                       under the above SBA small business
                                           Bureau defines this category as follows:                 following small business size standard
                                           ‘‘This industry comprises                                                                                           size standard.
                                                                                                    for Television Broadcasting firms: Those                      122. Cable Television Distribution
                                           establishments primarily engaged in                      having $38.5 million or less in annual
                                           manufacturing communications                                                                                        Services. Since 2007, these services
                                                                                                    receipts.28 The Commission has                             have been defined within the broad
                                           equipment (except telephone apparatus,                   estimated the number of licensed
                                           and radio and television broadcast, and                                                                             economic census category of Wired
                                                                                                    commercial television stations to be                       Telecommunications Carriers; that
                                           wireless communications                                  1,388.29 In addition, according to
                                           equipment).’’ 23 The SBA has developed                                                                              category is defined as follows: ‘‘This
                                                                                                    Commission staff review of the BIA                         industry comprises establishments
                                           a small business size standard for Other                 Advisory Services, LLC’s Media Access
                                           Communications Equipment                                                                                            primarily engaged in operating and/or
                                                                                                    Pro Television Database on March 28,                       providing access to transmission
                                           Manufacturing, which is: All such firms                  2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300
                                           having 750 or fewer employees.24                                                                                    facilities and infrastructure that they
                                                                                                    commercial television stations (or                         own and/or lease for the transmission of
                                           According to Census Bureau data for                      approximately 73 percent) had revenues
                                           2007, there were a total of 452                                                                                     voice, data, text, sound, and video using
                                                                                                    of $14 million or less.30 We therefore                     wired telecommunications networks.
                                           establishments in this category that                     estimate that the majority of commercial
                                           operated for the entire year.25 Of this                                                                             Transmission facilities may be based on
                                                                                                    television broadcasters are small                          a single technology or a combination of
                                           total, 448 establishments had                            entities.
                                           employment below 500, and an                                                                                        technologies.’’ 35 The SBA has
                                                                                                       119. We note, however, that in                          developed a small business size
                                           additional 4 establishments had                          assessing whether a business concern
                                           employment of 500 to 999.26 Thus,                                                                                   standard for this category, which is: All
                                                                                                    qualifies as small under the above                         such firms having 1,500 or fewer
                                                                                                    definition, business (control) affiliations                employees.36 Census data for 2007
                                              21 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
                                                                                                    must be included.31 Our estimate,
                                           Manufacturing: Summary Series: General Summary:                                                                     shows that there were 3,188 firms that
                                                                                                    therefore, likely overstates the number
                                           Industry Statistics for Subsectors and Industries by                                                                operated for the duration of that year.37
                                                                                                    of small entities that might be affected
                                           Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220),                                                                          Of those, 3,144 had fewer than 1,000
                                           http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/       by our action because the revenue figure
                                                                                                                                                               employees, and 44 firms had more than
                                           jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_             on which it is based does not include or
                                           31SG3. The number of ‘‘establishments’’ is a less                                                                   1,000 employees. Thus under this
                                                                                                    aggregate revenues from affiliated
                                           helpful indicator of small business prevalence in                                                                   category and the associated small
                                                                                                    companies. In addition, an element of
                                           this context than would be the number of ‘‘firms’’                                                                  business size standard, the majority of
                                           or ‘‘companies,’’ because the latter take into account   the definition of ‘‘small business’’ is that
                                                                                                                                                               such firms can be considered small.
                                           the concept of common ownership or control. Any          the entity not be dominant in its field
                                           single physical location for an entity is an                                                                           123. Cable Companies and Systems.
                                                                                                    of operation. We are unable at this time
                                           establishment, even though that location may be          to define or quantify the criteria that                    The Commission has also developed its
                                           owned by a different establishment. Thus, the
                                                                                                    would establish whether a specific                         own small business size standards, for
                                           numbers given may reflect inflated numbers of                                                                       the purpose of cable rate regulation.
                                           businesses in this category, including the numbers       television station is dominant in its field
                                           of small businesses.                                     of operation. Accordingly, the estimate                    Under the Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small
                                              22 Id. An additional 17 establishments had
                                                                                                    of small businesses to which rules may                        32 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
                                           employment of 1,000 or more.
                                              23 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
                                                                                                    apply does not exclude any television                      Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
                                           334290 Other Communications Equipment                    station from the definition of a small                     2014), http://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
                                           Manufacturing, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/            business on this basis and is therefore                    Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
                                                                                                                                                                  33 See generally 5 U.S.C. 601(4), (6).
                                           sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334290&search=2012              possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
                                           (last visited May 6, 2014).                                 120. In addition, the Commission has                       34 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
                                              24 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334290.                                                                            Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
                                              25 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
                                                                                                    estimated the number of licensed                           2014), http://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
                                           Manufacturing: Summary Series: General Summary:                                                                     Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
                                                                                                       27 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:             35 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
                                           Industry Statistics for Subsectors and Industries by
                                           Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334290),               515120 Television Broadcasting, (partial definition),      517110 Wired Telecommunications Carriers,
                                           http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/       http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?         http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
                                           jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_             code=515120&search=2012 (last visited May 6,               naicsrch?code=517110&search=2012 (last visited
                                           31SG3&prodType=table (last visited May 6, 2014).         2014).                                                     May 5, 2014).
                                                                                                       28 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 515120) (updated
                                           The number of ‘‘establishments’’ is a less helpful                                                                     36 U.S. Small Business Administration, Table of

                                           indicator of small business prevalence in this           for inflation in 2010).                                    Small Business Size Standards Matched to North
                                                                                                       29 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
                                           context than would be the number of ‘‘firms’’ or                                                                    American Industry Classification System Codes, at
                                           ‘‘companies,’’ because the latter take into account      Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,            28 (2014), http://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/
                                           the concept of common ownership or control. Any          2014), http://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/           files/size_table_01222014.pdf.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           single physical location for an entity is an             Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.                  37 See U.S. Census Bureau, American FactFinder,
                                           establishment, even though that location may be             30 We recognize that BIA’s estimate differs
                                                                                                                                                               2007 Economic Census of the United States, Table
                                           owned by a different establishment. Thus, the            slightly from the FCC total given.                         No. EC0751SSSZ5, Establishment and Firm Size:
                                           numbers given may reflect inflated numbers of               31 ‘‘[Business concerns] are affiliates of each other   Employment Size of Firms for the United States:
                                           businesses in this category, including the numbers       when one concern controls or has the power to              2007, NAICS code 517110, http://
                                           of small businesses.                                     control the other or a third party or parties controls     factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
                                              26 Id. There were no establishments that had          or has to power to control both.’’ 13 CFR                  pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
                                           employment of 1,000 or more.                             21.103(a)(1).                                              51SSSZ5 (last visited May 7, 2014).



                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:48 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00040    Fmt 4700    Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM      17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                               71721

                                           cable company’’ is one serving 400,000                  entities whose gross annual revenues                   that are in excess of the threshold for a
                                           or fewer subscribers, nationwide.38                     exceed $250 million,45 and therefore we                small business. Because DBS service
                                           Industry data indicate that of                          are unable to estimate more accurately                 requires significant capital, we believe it
                                           approximately 1,100 cable operators                     the number of cable system operators                   is unlikely that a small entity as defined
                                           nationwide, all but ten are small under                 that would qualify as small under this                 by the SBA would have the financial
                                           this size standard.39 In addition, under                size standard.                                         wherewithal to become a DBS service
                                           the Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small                          125. Direct Broadcast Satellite                     provider.
                                           system’’ is a cable system serving 15,000               (‘‘DBS’’) Service. DBS service is a
                                                                                                                                                             126. Cable and Other Subscription
                                           or fewer subscribers.40 Current                         nationally distributed subscription
                                                                                                                                                          Programming. This industry comprises
                                           Commission records show 4,945 cable                     service that delivers video and audio
                                                                                                   programming via satellite to a small                   establishments primarily engaged in
                                           systems nationwide.41 Of this total,
                                                                                                   parabolic ‘‘dish’’ antenna at the                      operating studios and facilities for the
                                           4,380 cable systems have fewer than
                                                                                                   subscriber’s location. DBS, by                         broadcasting of programs on a
                                           20,000 subscribers, and 565 systems
                                           have 20,000 or more subscribers, based                  exception, is now included in the SBA’s                subscription or fee basis. The broadcast
                                           on the same records. Thus, under this                   broad economic census category, Wired                  programming is typically narrowcast in
                                           standard, we estimate that most cable                   Telecommunications Carriers,46 which                   nature (e.g., limited format, such as
                                           systems are small entities.                             was developed for small wireline firms.                news, sports, education, or youth-
                                              124. Cable System Operators. The                     Under this category, the SBA deems a                   oriented). These establishments produce
                                           Communications Act of 1934, as                          wireline business to be small if it has                programming in their own facilities or
                                           amended, also contains a size standard                  1,500 or fewer employees.47 To gauge                   acquire programming. The programming
                                           for small cable system operators, which                 small business prevalence for the DBS                  material is usually delivered to a third
                                           is ‘‘a cable operator that, directly or                 service, the Commission relies on data                 party, such as cable systems or direct-
                                           through an affiliate, serves in the                     currently available from the U.S. Census               to-home satellite systems, for
                                           aggregate fewer than 1 percent of all                   for the year 2007. According to that                   transmission to viewers.52 The SBA size
                                           subscribers in the United States and is                 source, there were 3,188 firms that in                 standard for this industry establishes as
                                           not affiliated with any entity or entities              2007 were Wired Telecommunications                     small any company in this category
                                           whose gross annual revenues in the                      Carriers. Of these, 3,144 operated with                which receives annual receipts of $38.5
                                           aggregate exceed $250,000,000.’’ 42 The                 less than 1,000 employees, and 44                      million or less.53 Based on U.S. Census
                                           Commission has determined that an                       operated with more than 1,000                          data for 2007, a total of 659
                                           operator serving fewer than 677,000                     employees. However, as to the latter 44                establishments operated for the entire
                                           subscribers shall be deemed a small                     there is no data available that shows                  year.54 Of that 659, 197 operated with
                                           operator, if its annual revenues, when                  how many operated with more than                       annual receipts of $10 million or more.
                                           combined with the total annual                          1,500 employees. Based on this data, the               The remaining 462 establishments
                                           revenues of all its affiliates, do not                  majority of these firms can be                         operated with annual receipts of less
                                           exceed $250 million in the aggregate.43                 considered small.48 Currently, only two                than $10 million. Based on this data, the
                                           Industry data indicate that of                          entities provide DBS service, which                    Commission estimates that the majority
                                           approximately 1,100 cable operators                     requires a great investment of capital for             of establishments operating in this
                                           nationwide, all but ten are small under                 operation: DIRECTV and EchoStar                        industry are small.
                                           this size standard.44 We note that the                  Communications Corporation                                127. Radio and Television
                                           Commission neither requests nor                         (‘‘EchoStar’’) (marketed as the DISH                   Broadcasting and Wireless
                                           collects information on whether cable                   Network).49 Each currently offers                      Communications Equipment
                                           system operators are affiliated with                    subscription services. DIRECTV 50 and                  Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
                                                                                                   EchoStar 51 each report annual revenues                defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
                                             38 47 CFR 76.901(e). The Commission determined
                                                                                                                                                          industry comprises establishments
                                           that this size standard equates approximately to a         45 The Commission does receive such information

                                           size standard of $100 million or less in annual         on a case-by-case basis if a cable operator appeals
                                                                                                                                                          primarily engaged in manufacturing
                                           revenues. Implementation of Sections of the 1992        a local franchise authority’s finding that the         radio and television broadcast and
                                           Cable Act: Rate Regulation, Sixth Report and Order      operator does not qualify as a small cable operator    wireless communications equipment.
                                           and Eleventh Order on Reconsideration, 10 FCC           pursuant to 76.901(f) of the Commission’s rules. See   Examples of products made by these
                                           Rcd 7393, 7408 (1995).                                  47 CFR 76.909(b).
                                             39 Industry Data, National Cable &                       46 See 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517110).
                                                                                                                                                          establishments are: Transmitting and
                                           Telecommunications Association, https://                   47 Id.                                              receiving antennas, cable television
                                           www.ncta.com/industry-data (last visited May 6,            48 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No.                equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
                                           2014); R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook       EC0751SSSZ5, Information: Subject Series—              cellular phones, mobile
                                           2010, ‘‘Top 25 Cable/Satellite Operators,’’ p. C–2      Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of        communications equipment, and radio
                                           (data current as of December, 2008).                    Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code
                                             40 47 CFR 76.901(c).                                                                                         and television studio and broadcasting
                                                                                                   517110), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
                                             41 The number of active, registered cable systems     tableservices/jsf/pages/
                                           comes from the Commission’s Cable Operations and        productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.             receiving ‘‘Sky Angel’’ service from DISH Network.
                                           Licensing System (COALS) database on Aug. 28,              49 See Annual Assessment of the Status of           See id. at 581, para. 76.
                                           2013. A cable system is a physical system integrated    Competition in the Market for the Delivery of Video      52 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
                                           to a principal headend.                                 Programming, Fifteenth Annual Report, MB Docket        515210 Cable and Other Subscription Programming,
                                             42 47 U.S.C. 543(m)(2); see 47 CFR 76.901(f) & nn.    No. 12–203, 28 FCC Rcd 10496, 10507, para. 27          http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
                                           1–3.                                                    (2013) (‘‘15th Annual Report’’).                       naicsrch?code=515210&search=2012 (last visited
                                             43 47 CFR 76.901(f); see Public Notice, FCC              50 As of June 2012, DIRECTV is the largest DBS      Mar. 6, 2014).
                                           Announces New Subscriber Count for the Definition       operator and the second largest MVPD, serving an         53 See 13 CF R section 121.201 (NAICS code
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           of Small Cable Operator, DA 01–158 (Cable               estimated 19.8% of MVPD subscribers nationwide.        515210).
                                           Services Bureau, Jan. 24, 2001).                        See 15th Annual Report, 28 FCC Rcd at 687, Table         54 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No.
                                             44 R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook         B–3.                                                   EC0751SSSZ1, Information: Subject Series—
                                           2006, ‘‘Top 25 Cable/Satellite Operators,’’ pages          51 As of June 2012, DISH Network is the second      Establishment and Firm Size: Receipts Size of
                                           A–8 & C–2 (data current as of June 30, 2005);           largest DBS operator and the third largest MVPD,       Establishments for the United States: 2007 (NAICS
                                           Warren Communications News, Television & Cable          serving an estimated 13.01% of MVPD subscribers        code 515210), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
                                           Factbook 2006, ‘‘Ownership of Cable Systems in the      nationwide. Id. As of June 2006, Dominion served       tableservices/jsf/pages/
                                           United States,’’ pp. D–1805 to D–1857.                  fewer than 500,000 subscribers, which may now be       productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ1.



                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00041   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71722            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           equipment.’’ 55 The SBA has developed                   rules is for the category Wireless                      employees.67 According to Census
                                           a small business size standard for Radio                Telecommunications Carriers (except                     Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
                                           and Television Broadcasting and                         Satellite). The size standard for that                  of 939 establishments in this category
                                           Wireless Communications Equipment                       category is that a business is small if it              that operated for the entire year.68 Of
                                           Manufacturing, which is: All such firms                 has 1,500 or fewer employees.61 For this                this total, 912 had less than 500
                                           having 750 or fewer employees.56                        category, census data for 2007 show that                employees and 17 had more than 1000
                                           According to Census Bureau data for                     there were 1,383 firms that operated for                employees. Thus, under that size
                                           2007, there were a total of 939                         the entire year.62 Of this total, 1,368                 standard, the majority of firms can be
                                           establishments in this category that                    firms had employment of 999 or fewer                    considered small.
                                           operated for part or all of the entire year.            employees and 15 had employment of                         131. Personal Radio Services/Wireless
                                           Of this total, 912 had less than 500                    1000 employees or more.63 Similarly,                    Medical Telemetry Service (‘‘WMTS’’).
                                           employees and 17 had more than 1000                     according to Commission data, 413                       Personal radio services provide short-
                                           employees.57 Thus, under that size                      carriers reported that they were engaged                range, low power radio for personal
                                           standard, the majority of firms can be                  in the provision of wireless telephony,                 communications, radio signaling, and
                                           considered small.                                       including cellular service, PCS, and                    business communications not provided
                                              128. Audio and Video Equipment                       Specialized Mobile Radio (‘‘SMR’’)                      for in other services. The Personal Radio
                                           Manufacturing. The SBA has classified                   Telephony services.64 Of these, an                      Services include spectrum licensed
                                           the manufacturing of audio and video                    estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer                       under part 95 of our rules.69 These
                                           equipment under in NAICS Codes                          employees and 152 have more than                        services include Citizen Band Radio
                                           classification scheme as an industry in                 1,500 employees.65 Consequently, the                    Service (‘‘CB’’), General Mobile Radio
                                           which a manufacturer is small if it has                 Commission estimates that                               Service (‘‘GMRS’’), Radio Control Radio
                                           fewer than 750 employees.58 Data                        approximately half or more of these                     Service (‘‘R/C’’), Family Radio Service
                                           contained in the 2007 U.S. Census                       firms can be considered small. Thus,                    (‘‘FRS’’), Wireless Medical Telemetry
                                           indicate that 492 establishments                        using available data, we estimate that                  Service (‘‘WMTS’’), Medical Implant
                                           operated in that industry for all or part               the majority of wireless firms can be                   Communications Service (‘‘MICS’’), Low
                                           of that year. In that year, 488                         considered small.                                       Power Radio Service (‘‘LPRS’’), and
                                           establishments had fewer than 500                          130. Manufacturers of unlicensed                     Multi-Use Radio Service (‘‘MURS’’).70
                                           employees; and only 1 had more than                     devices. In the context of this FRFA,                   There are a variety of methods used to
                                           1000 employees.59 Thus, under the                       manufacturers of part 15 unlicensed                     license the spectrum in these rule parts,
                                           applicable size standard, a majority of                 devices that are operated in the UHF–                   from licensing by rule, to conditioning
                                           manufacturers of audio and video                        TV band (channels 14–51) for wireless                   operation on successful completion of a
                                           equipment may be considered small.                      data transfer fall into the category of                 required test, to site-based licensing, to
                                              129. Wireless Telecommunications                     Radio and Television and Wireless                       geographic area licensing. Under the
                                           Carriers (except satellite). The Census                 Communications Equipment                                RFA, the Commission is required to
                                           Bureau defines this category as follows:                Manufacturing. The Census Bureau                        make a determination of which small
                                           ‘‘This industry comprises                               defines this category as follows: ‘‘This                entities are directly affected by the rules
                                           establishments engaged in operating and                 industry comprises establishments                       adopted. Since all such entities are
                                           maintaining switching and transmission                  primarily engaged in manufacturing                      wireless, we apply the definition of
                                           facilities to provide communications via                radio and television broadcast and                      Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
                                           the airwaves. Establishments in this                    wireless communications equipment.                      (except Satellite), pursuant to which a
                                           industry have spectrum licenses and                     Examples of products made by these                      small entity is defined as employing
                                           provide services using that spectrum,                   establishments are: Transmitting and                    1,500 or fewer persons.71 For this
                                           such as cellular phone services, paging                 receiving antennas, cable television                    category, census data for 2007 show that
                                           services, wireless Internet access, and                 equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,                       there were 1,383 firms that operated for
                                           wireless video services.’’ 60 The                       cellular phones, mobile                                 the entire year.72 Of this total, 1,368
                                           appropriate size standard under SBA                     communications equipment, and radio                     firms had employment of 999 or fewer
                                              55 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
                                                                                                   and television studio and broadcasting
                                           334220 Radio and Television Broadcasting and
                                                                                                   equipment.’’ 66 The SBA has developed                     67 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
                                                                                                                                                             68 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
                                           Wireless Communications Equipment                       the small business size standard for this
                                                                                                                                                           Manufacturing: Summary Series: General
                                           Manufacturing, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/           category as firms having 750 or fewer                   Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors and
                                           sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012
                                           (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).                                                                                    Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code
                                                                                                     61 13   CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517210).
                                              56 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).                                                                       334220), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
                                                                                                     62 U.S.  Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,        tableservices/jsf/pages/
                                              57 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
                                                                                                   Information: Subject Series—Establishment and           productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
                                           Manufacturing: Summary Series: General
                                                                                                   Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United        69 47 CFR part 95.
                                           Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors and
                                                                                                   States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), http://                 70 The Citizens Band Radio Service, General
                                           Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code
                                           334220), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/           factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/         Mobile Radio Service, Radio Control Radio Service,
                                           tableservices/jsf/pages/                                pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_                Family Radio Service, Wireless Medical Telemetry
                                           productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.                51SSSZ5.                                                Service, Medical Implant Communications Service,
                                                                                                      63 Id. Available census data do not provide a more
                                              58 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334310).                                                                       Low Power Radio Service, and Multi-Use Radio
                                              59 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,      precise estimate of the number of firms that have       Service are governed by subpart D, subpart A,
                                           Manufacturing: Summary Series: General                  employment of 1,500 or fewer employees; the             subpart C, subpart B, subpart H, subpart I, subpart
                                           Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors and         largest category provided is for firms with 1000        G, and subpart J, respectively, of part 95 of the
                                           Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code         employees or more.                                      Commission’s rules. See generally 47 CFR part 95.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                                                                      64 See Trends in Telephone Service at Table 5.3.       71 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS Code 517210).
                                           334310), http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
                                                                                                      65 See id.
                                           tableservices/jsf/pages/                                                                                          72 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,

                                           productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.                   66 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:       Information: Subject Series—Establishment and
                                              60 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:       334220 Radio and Television Broadcasting and            Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United
                                           517210 Wireless Telecommunications Carriers             Wireless Communications Equipment                       States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), http://
                                           (except Satellite), http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/      Manufacturing, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/           factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
                                           sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517210&search=2012             sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012             pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
                                           (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).                            (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).                            51SSSZ5.



                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00042   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM        17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                                71723

                                           employees and 15 had employment of                      review of the BIA Publications, Inc.                  small business size standard for
                                           1000 employees or more.73 Thus under                    Master Access Radio Analyzer Database                 Electronic Stores, which is: All such
                                           this category and the associated small                  as of November 26, 2013, about 11,331                 firms having $32.5 million or less in
                                           business size standard, the Commission                  (or about 99.9 percent) of 11,341                     annual receipts.82 According to Census
                                           estimates that the majority of personal                 commercial radio stations have                        Bureau data for 2007, there were 11,358
                                           radio service and WMTS providers are                    revenues of $35.5 million or less and                 firms in this category that operated for
                                           small entities.                                         thus qualify as small entities under the              the entire year.83 Of this total, 11,323
                                              132. However, we note that many of                   SBA definition. The Commission notes,                 firms had annual receipts of under $25
                                           the licensees in these services are                     however, that, in assessing whether a                 million, and 35 firms had receipts of
                                           individuals, and thus are not small                     business concern qualifies as small                   $25 million or more but less than $50
                                           entities. In addition, due to the mostly                under the above definition, business                  million.84 Thus, the majority of firms in
                                           unlicensed and shared nature of the                     (control) affiliations 80 must be                     this category can be considered small.
                                           spectrum utilized in many of these                      included. This estimate, therefore, likely
                                                                                                   overstates the number of small entities               G. Description of Projected Reporting,
                                           services, the Commission lacks direct
                                                                                                   that might be affected, because the                   Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
                                           information upon which to base a more
                                                                                                   revenue figure on which it is based does              Requirements for Small Entities
                                           specific estimation of the number of
                                           small entities under an SBA definition                  not include or aggregate revenues from                   137. In this proceeding, we invited
                                           that might be directly affected by our                  affiliated companies.                                 comment on potential revisions to the
                                           action.                                                    135. In addition, an element of the                existing rules for part 74 wireless
                                              133. Motion Picture and Video                        definition of ‘‘small business’’ is that the          microphone (and other LPAS)
                                           Production. The Census Bureau defines                   entity not be dominant in its field of                operations in the spectrum that will
                                           this category as follows: ‘‘This industry               operation. The Commission is unable at                remain allocated for TV services
                                           comprises establishments primarily                      this time to define or quantify the                   following the repacking process.
                                           engaged in producing, or producing and                  criteria that would establish whether a               Specifically, we invited comment on
                                           distributing motion pictures, videos,                   specific radio station is dominant in its             revisions to the technical rules for LPAS
                                           television programs, or television                      field of operation. Accordingly, the                  operations on the VHF band; on
                                           commercials.’’ 74 The SBA has                           estimate of small businesses to which                 permitting licensed LPAS operations on
                                           developed a small business size                         rules may apply does not exclude any                  channels in locations closer to the
                                           standard for this category, which is: All               radio station from the definition of a                television stations (including within the
                                           such businesses having $30 million                      small business on this basis and                      DTV contour), without the need for
                                           dollars or less in annual receipts.75                   therefore may be over-inclusive to that               coordination, provided that the
                                           Census data for 2007 show that there                    extent. Also, as noted, an additional                 television signal falls below specified
                                           were 9,478 establishments that operated                 element of the definition of ‘‘small                  technical thresholds; on adoption of the
                                           that year.76 Of that number, 9,128 had                  business’’ is that the entity must be                 ETSI emission mask standard for analog
                                           annual receipts of $24,999,999 or less,                 independently owned and operated.                     and digital wireless microphones; and
                                           and 350 had annual receipts ranging                     The Commission notes that it is difficult             general comment on other potential
                                           from not less than $25,000,000 to                       at times to assess these criteria in the              revisions concerning licensed LPAS
                                           $100,000,000 or more.77 Thus, under                     context of media entities and the                     operations in the TV bands.
                                           this size standard, the majority of such                estimates of small businesses to which                   138. We understand the importance of
                                           businesses can be considered small                      they apply may be over-inclusive to this              the 944–952 MHz band for broadcasters
                                           entities.                                               extent.                                               as well as other licensed, professional
                                                                                                      136. Radio, Television, and Other                  wireless microphone users. Consistent
                                             134. Radio Broadcasting. The SBA
                                                                                                   Electronics Stores. The Census Bureau                 with this record and in accord with
                                           defines a radio broadcast station as a
                                                                                                   defines this economic census category                 adoption of the ETSI standard for LPAS
                                           small business if such station has no
                                                                                                   as follows: ‘‘This U.S. industry                      devices in the TV bands. we also adopt
                                           more than $38.5 million in annual
                                                                                                   comprises: (1) establishments known as                the ETSI standards EN 300 422–1,
                                           receipts.78 Business concerns included
                                                                                                   consumer electronics stores primarily                 section 8.3.1.2 for analog emissions and
                                           in this industry are those ‘‘primarily
                                                                                                   engaged in retailing a general line of                section 8.3.2.2 for digital emissions
                                           engaged in broadcasting aural programs
                                                                                                   new consumer-type electronic products                 uniformly for future wireless
                                           by radio to the public.’’ 79 According to
                                                                                                   such as televisions, computers, and                   microphones that will use this band—
                                             73 Id. Available census data do not provide a more
                                                                                                   cameras; (2) establishments specializing              applying these revised standards to new
                                           precise estimate of the number of firms that have       in retailing a single line of consumer-
                                           employment of 1,500 or fewer employees; the             type electronic products; (3)                         sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=443142&search=2012
                                           largest category provided is for firms with 1000        establishments primarily engaged in                   NAICS Search (last visited May 6, 2014).
                                           employees or more.                                      retailing these new electronic products                 82 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 443142.
                                             74 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:

                                           512110 Motion Picture and Video Production,
                                                                                                   in combination with repair and support                  83 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,

                                                                                                   services; (4) establishments primarily                Subject Series: Retail Trade, Estab & Firm Size:
                                           http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
                                                                                                                                                         Summary Statistics by Sales Size of Firms for the
                                           naicsrch?code=512110&search=2012 (last visited          engaged in retailing new prepackaged                  United States: 2007, NAICS code 443142 (released
                                           Mar. 6, 2014).                                          computer software; and/or (5)
                                             75 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 512110.
                                                                                                                                                         2010), http://www2.census.gov/econ2007/EC/
                                             76 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,
                                                                                                   establishments primarily engaged in                   sector44/EC0744SSSZ4.zip (last visited May 7,
                                                                                                   retailing prerecorded audio and video                 2014). Though the current small business size
                                           Information: Subject Series—Establishment and                                                                 standard for electronic store receipts is $30 million
                                           Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United      media, such as CDs, DVDs, and                         or less in annual receipts, in 2007 the small
                                                                                                   tapes.’’ 81 The SBA has developed a
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           States: 2007 (NAICS code 512110), http://                                                                     business size standard was $9 million or less in
                                           factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/                                                               annual receipts. In 2007, there were 11,214 firms in
                                           pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_                www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/                    this category that operated for the entire year. Of
                                           51SSSZ5.                                                naicsrch?code=515112&search=2012 (last visited        this total, 10,963 firms had annual receipts of under
                                             77 See id.
                                                                                                   Mar. 6, 2014).                                        $5 million, and 251 firms had receipts of $5 million
                                             78 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 515112.              80 See n.14.                                        or more but less than $10 million. Id.
                                             79 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:          81 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions,        84 Id. An additional 33 firms had annual receipts

                                           515112 Radio Broadcasting, http://                      443142 Electronics, http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/    of $50 million or more.



                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00043   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71724            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           equipment certified under part 74 in the                to make significant efforts to ensure that            the Consumer Disclosure, the text of
                                           944–952 MHz band 9 months after                         all users of such equipment capable of                which will be developed by
                                           issuance of the Channel Reassignment                    operating in the 600 MHz Band are fully               Commission staff, at the point of sale or
                                           PN, consistent with the requirements for                informed of the decisions affecting                   lease,89 in a clear, conspicuous, and
                                           new equipment certified for LPAS                        them, as set forth in the Incentive                   readily legible manner. In addition, the
                                           devices that operate in the TV bands.                   Auction R&O, this Report and Order,                   Consumer Disclosure must be displayed
                                           Further, we expand eligibility for                      and the Part 15 Report and Order.                     on the Web site of the manufacturer
                                           operations in the 944–952 MHz band to                   Specifically, we expect these                         (even in the event the manufacturer
                                           include all entities currently eligible to              manufacturers, at a minimum, to ensure                does not sell wireless microphones
                                           hold LPAS licenses for operation in the                 that these users are informed of the need             directly to the public) and of dealers,
                                           TV bands, which should help address                     to clear the 600 MHz Band.                            distributors, retailers, and anyone else
                                           the need for additional spectrum                        Manufacturers also should inform users                selling or leasing the devices. We
                                           outside of the TV bands for this entire                 of wireless microphones that they may                 delegate authority to the Consumer and
                                           group of licensed users.                                continue to operate in the 600 MHz                    Governmental Affairs Bureau, working
                                              139. Licensed LPAS users operating                   Band until the end of the post-auction                with the Wireless Telecommunications
                                           in the 944–952 MHz band (as in the TV                   transition period, but only subject to the            Bureau and the Office of Engineering
                                           bands) are subject to the frequency                     conditions set forth in these orders,                 and Technology, to prepare the specific
                                           selection requirements contained in                     including the early clearing                          language, following issuance of the
                                           section 74.803 of our rules.85 SBE runs                 mechanisms. Further, we expect all                    Channel Reassignment PN, that must be
                                           a local frequency coordination program                  manufacturers to contact dealers,                     used in the Consumer Disclosure and
                                           for this band and asserts its                           distributors, and anyone else who has                 publish it in the Federal Register. As
                                           coordination would have to be                           purchased wireless microphones, and                   discussed above, there is more than one
                                           mandatory in order to avoid interference                inform them of our decisions to help                  way in which the point-of-sale
                                           among different licensees.86                            clear the 600 MHz Band. Manufacturers                 Consumer Disclosure may be provided
                                           Accordingly, we will also require                       should also provide information on                    to potential purchasers or lessees of
                                           wireless microphone users seeking                       these decisions to any users that have                wireless microphones, but each of them
                                           access to this band to coordinate their                 filed warranty registrations for 600 MHz              must satisfy all the requirements noted
                                           proposed use through the local SBE                      Band equipment with the manufacturer.                 above, including that the disclosure be
                                           coordinator.87                                          We also expect manufacturers to post                  provided in writing at the point of sale
                                              140. Consumer Outreach. We find                      this information on their Web sites and               in a clear, conspicuous, and readily
                                           that several means should be employed                   include it in all of their sales literature.          legible manner. One way to fulfill this
                                           to provide as much notice as possible to                   142. In addition, we urge all                      disclosure requirement would be to
                                           users of the need to clear the 600 MHz                  manufacturers to offer rebates and trade-             display the Consumer Disclosure in a
                                           Band of wireless microphones. We                        in programs for any 600 MHz Band                      prominent manner on the product box
                                           direct CGB, working with WTB and                        wireless microphones, and widely                      by using a label (either printed onto the
                                           OET, to establish a Web page on the                     publicize these programs to ensure that               box or otherwise affixed to the box), a
                                           Commission’s Web site, and prepare                      all users of wireless microphones are                 sticker, or other means. Another way to
                                           and release consumer publications,                      fully informed. To the extent                         fulfill the disclosure requirement would
                                           including a Consumer Fact Sheet and                     manufacturers do not offer a rebate or                be to display the text immediately
                                           answers to Frequently Asked Questions                   trade-in program for 600 MHz Band
                                                                                                                                                         adjacent to each wireless microphone
                                           (FAQs), that inform the public of our                   wireless microphones, we strongly
                                                                                                                                                         offered for sale or lease and clearly
                                           decisions affecting wireless microphone                 encourage them to create or re-establish
                                                                                                                                                         associated with the model to which it
                                           operations in the repurposed 600 MHz                    such programs. In contacting dealers
                                                                                                                                                         pertains. For wireless microphones
                                           Band and the guard bands, as set forth                  and distributors, we expect
                                                                                                                                                         offered online or via direct mail or
                                           in the Incentive Auction R&O, this R&O,                 manufacturers to inform these entities
                                                                                                                                                         catalog, the disclosure must be
                                           and the Part 15 Report and Order.88 We                  that they should: (1) Inform all
                                                                                                                                                         prominently displayed in close
                                           further direct Commission staff to                      customers who have purchased wireless
                                                                                                                                                         proximity to the images and
                                           identify and contact organizations that                 microphones that are capable of
                                                                                                                                                         descriptions of each wireless
                                           represent entities that are known to be                 operating in the 600 MHz Band of our
                                                                                                   decision to clear the 600 MHz Band of                 microphone. We will require
                                           users of wireless microphones in the                                                                          manufacturers, dealers, distributors, and
                                           600 MHz Band, including groups that                     such devices; (2) post such information
                                                                                                   on their Web sites; (3) include this                  other entities that sell or lease wireless
                                           represent theaters, houses of worship,                                                                        microphones for operation in the 600
                                           and sporting venues. We will inform                     information in all other sales literature;
                                                                                                   (4) provide information in sales                      MHz Band to comply with the
                                           these entities of our decisions affecting                                                                     disclosure requirements no later than
                                           wireless microphone operations in the                   literature, including on their Web sites,
                                                                                                   on the availability of any manufacturer               three months following issuance of the
                                           repurposed spectrum and available                                                                             Channel Reassignment PN, and we
                                           resources for information on options for                rebate offerings and trade-in programs
                                                                                                   related to wireless microphones                       encourage these entities to provide
                                           wireless microphone use going forward.                                                                        consumers with the required
                                              141. Further, we expect all                          operating in the 600 MHz Band; and (5)
                                                                                                   comply with the disclosure                            information earlier.90
                                           manufacturers of wireless microphones
                                                                                                   requirements that we are adopting in                     89 By ‘‘point of sale or lease’’ we mean the place
                                             85 See  47 CFR 74.803.                                this Report and Order.                                or Web site where wireless microphones are
                                                                                                      143. Disclosure Requirement. We
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                             86 SBE   Comments at 13.                                                                                    displayed or offered for consumers to purchase or
                                              87 These processes are described on SBE’s Web        require anyone selling, leasing, or                   lease.
                                           site. See The Society of Broadcast Engineers,           offering for sale or lease wireless                      90 This disclosure requirement requires approval
                                           Frequency Coordination, http://www.sbe.org/             microphones that operate in the 600                   from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
                                           sections/freq_local.php.                                                                                      as a new information collection under the
                                              88 See part 15 Report and Order, section [__]        MHz Band to provide certain written                   Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). We anticipate
                                           (discussing requirements relating to unlicensed         disclosures to consumers, pursuant to                 approval of the requirement shortly following
                                           wireless microphones).                                  section 302. These entities must display              publication of a summary of this Report and Order



                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00044   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                         71725

                                           E. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant                  summaries thereof) will also be                          150. The Commission’s Consumer and
                                           Economic Impact on Small Entities, and                  published in the Federal Register.93                   Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference
                                           Significant Alternatives Considered                        146. The Office of Federal Register                 Information Center, shall send a copy of
                                                                                                   (OFR) recently revised the regulations to              this Report and Order, including the
                                              144. The RFA requires an agency to                   require that agencies must discuss in the              Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to
                                           describe any significant alternatives that              preamble of the rule ways that the                     the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
                                           it has considered in reaching its                       materials the agency incorporates by                   Small Business Administration.
                                           proposed approach, which may include                    reference are reasonably available to                    151. Pursuant to section 4(i) of the
                                           the following four alternatives (among                  interested persons and how interested                  Communications Act of 1934, as
                                           others): (1) The establishment of                       parties can obtain the materials. In                   amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), and section
                                           differing compliance or reporting                       addition, the preamble of the rule must                1.925 of the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR
                                           requirements or timetables that take into               summarize the material. 1 CFR 51.5(b).                 1.925, that the waiver request filed on
                                           account the resources available to small                In accordance with OFR’s requirements,                 July 16, 2009 and revised on September
                                           entities; (2) the clarification,                        the discussion in this section                         23, 2009 by the Nuclear Energy Institute
                                           consolidation, or simplification of                     summarizes ETSI standard. The                          and the United Telecom Council for
                                           compliance or reporting requirements                    following document is available from                   waiver of parts 2 and 90 of the
                                           under the rule for small entities; (3) the              the European Telecommunications                        Commission’s rules IS DISMISSED AS
                                           use of performance, rather than design,                 Standards Institute, 650 Route des                     MOOT IN PART as set forth in the Order
                                           standards; and (4) an exemption from                    Lucioles, F–06921 Sophia Antipolis                     and otherwise denied.
                                           coverage of the rule, or any part thereof,              Cedex, France, or at http://www.etsi.org/                152. Pursuant to section 5(c) of the
                                           for small entities.91                                   deliver/etsi_en/3004000_300499/                        Communications Act of 1934, as
                                              145. The rule revisions that we are                  30042201/01.04.02_60/en_                               amended, 47 U.S.C. prepare the specific
                                           adopting provide additional                             30042201v01010402p.pdf. ‘‘ETSI EN                      language that must be used in the
                                           opportunities for licensed wireless                     300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–08):                            Consumer Disclosure, as set forth in this
                                           microphone users, both in frequency                     Electromagnetic compatibility and                      Report 47
                                           bands in which they currently operate                   Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless                 List of Subjects
                                           and in additional frequency bands. The                  microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
                                                                                                   frequency range; Part 1: Technical                     47 CFR Part 2
                                           majority of these changes are
                                           permissive, meaning that wireless                       characteristics and methods of                           Communication equipment and
                                           microphone manufacturers may choose                     measurement, August 2011, IBR                          Reporting and recordkeeping
                                           to incorporate new capabilities in future               approved for section 15.236(g).’’ This                 requirements.
                                           devices. We adopt rules to establish                    standard requires wireless microphones
                                                                                                   to meet certain emission requirements                  47 CFR Part 15
                                           cutoff dates for the certification,
                                           manufacturing and marketing of                          which will protect authorized services                   Communications equipment,
                                           licensed wireless microphones in the                    in adjacent bands from harmful                         Incorporation by reference, and
                                           600 MHz band repurposed for wireless                    interference, and will improve spectrum                Reporting and recordkeeping
                                           services following the incentive auction.               sharing by wireless microphones.                       requirements.
                                           We will no longer accept applications to                   Congressional Review Act: The                       47 CFR Part 74
                                           certify licensed wireless microphones                   Commission will send a copy of this
                                                                                                   Report and Order to Congress and the                     Communication equipment,
                                           that operate in the 600 MHz band nine                                                                          Education, Incorporation by reference,
                                           months after the release of the Channel                 Government Accountability Office
                                                                                                   pursuant to the Congressional Review                   and Report and recordkeeping
                                           Reassignment PN or no later than 24                                                                            requirements.
                                           months after the effective date of the                  Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
                                           new rules, whichever occurs first. We                   IV. Ordering Clauses                                   47 CFR Part 87
                                           will require that manufacturing and                                                                              Commination equipment and
                                           marketing of all licensed wireless                        147. Pursuant to sections 1, 4(i), 4(j),
                                                                                                                                                          Reporting and recordkeeping
                                           microphones that would not comply                       7(a), 301, 302, 303(f), 303(g), and 303(r)
                                                                                                                                                          requirements.
                                           with the 600 MHz Band cease 18                          of the Communications Act of 1934, as
                                           months after release of the Channel                     amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j),                47 CFR Part 90
                                           Reassignment PN or no later than 33                     157(a), 301, 302a, 303(f), 303(g), and                   Communication equipment,
                                           months after the effective date of the                  303(r), this Report and Order is adopted.              Incorporation by reference, Reporting
                                           new rules, whichever occurs first.                        148. Parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90 of the              and recordkeeping requirements.
                                                                                                   Commission’s rules, 47 CFR parts 2, 15,
                                              Report to Congress: The Commission                   74, 87, and 90, ARE AMENDED as set                     Federal Communications Commission.
                                           will send a copy of the Report and                      forth in the final rules.                              Marlene H. Dortch,
                                           Order, including this FRFA, in a report                   149. The rules adopted herein will                   Secretary.
                                           to Congress pursuant to the                             become effective December 17, 2015,
                                           Congressional Review Act.92 In                                                                                 Final Rules
                                                                                                   except for sections 15.37(k) and
                                           addition, the Commission will send a                    74.851(l), which contain new or                          For the reasons discussed in the
                                           copy of the Report and Order, including                 modified information collection                        preamble, the Federal Communications
                                           this FRFA, to the Chief Counsel for                     requirements that require approval by                  Commission amends 47 CFR parts 2, 15,
                                           Advocacy of the SBA. A copy of the                      the OMB under the PRA, which will                      74, 87, and 90 as follows:
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           Report and Order and FRFA (or                           become effective after the Commission                  PART 2—FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS
                                                                                                   publishes a notice in the Federal                      AND RADIO TREATY MATTERS;
                                           in the Federal Register, sufficiently in advance of     Register announcing such approval and
                                           the date by which the disclosure requirement goes                                                              GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
                                           into effect.                                            the relevant effective date.
                                             91 See 5 U.S.C. 603(c).                                                                                      ■ 1. The authority citation for part 2
                                             92 See 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).                           93 See   5 U.S.C. 604(b).                            continues to read as follows:


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00045    Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71726            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                             Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, and              ■ a. Page 33 is revised.                              § 2.106    Table of Frequency Allocations.
                                           336, unless otherwise noted.                                                                                    The revision and addition read as
                                                                                                   ■ b. In the list of United States (US)
                                           ■ 2. Section 2.106, the Table of                        Footnotes, footnote US84 is added.                    follows:
                                           Frequency Allocations, is amended as                                                                          *     *    *    *    *
                                           follows:                                                                                                      BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00046   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM    17NOR1


wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
VerDate Sep<11>2014




                          Table of Frequency Allocations                                                                    1400-1626.5 MHz (UHF)                                                                    Page 33




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
14:32 Nov 16, 2015




                                                                        International Table                                                                 United States Table                       FCC Rule Part(s)
                          Reg ion 1 Table                     Region 2 Table                      Region 3 Table                      Federal Table                Non-Federal Table
                          1400-1427                                                                                                   1400-1427
                          EARTH EXPLORAliON-SATELLITE (passive)                                                                       EARTH EXPLORATION-SATELLITE (passive)
                          RADIO ASTRONOMY                                                                                             RADIO ASTRONOMY US74
                          SPACE RESEARCH (passive)                                                                                    SPACE RESEARCH (passive)
Jkt 238001




                          5.340 5.341                                                                                                 5.341 US246
                          1427-1429                                                                                                   1427-1429.5                 1427-1429.5
                          SPACE OPERATION (Earth-to-space)                                                                            LAND MOBILE (medical        LAND MOBILE (telemetry and          Private Land Mobile (90)
                          FIXED                                                                                                         telemetry and medical       telecommand)                      Personal Radio (95)
PO 00000




                          MOBILE except aeronautical mobile                                                                             telecommand) US350        Fixed (telemetry)

                          5.338A 5.341
                          1429-1452                           1429-1452                                                                5.341 US79                 5.341 US79 US350 NG338A
Frm 00047




                          FIXED                               FIXED                                                                    1429.5-1432                1429.5-1432
                          MOBILE except aeronautical mobile   MOBILE 5.343                                                                                        FIXED (telemetry and telecommand)
                                                                                                                                                                  LAND MOBILE (telemetry and
                                                                                                                                                                    telecommand)
Fmt 4700




                                                                                                                                       5.341 US79 US350           5.341 US79 US350 NG338A
                                                                                                                                       1432-1435                  1432-1435
                                                                                                                                                                  FIXED                               Wireless
Sfmt 4700




                                                                                                                                                                  MOBILE except aeronautical mobile    Communications (27)

                                                                                                                                      5.341 US83                   5.341 US83 NG338A
                          5.338A 5.341 5.342                  5.338A 5.341                                                            1435-1525
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM




                          1452-1492                           1452-1492                                                               MOBILE (aeronautical telemetry) US338A                          Low Power Auxiliary
                          FIXED                               FIXED                                                                                                                                    (74H)
                          MOBILE except aeronautical mobile   MOBILE 5.343                                                                                                                            Aviation (87)
                          BROADCASTING                        BROADCASTING
                          BROADCASTING-SATELLITE 5.208B       BROADCASTING-SATELLITE 5.208B

                          5.341 5.342 5.345                   5.341 5.344 5.345
                          1492-1518                           1492-1518                           1492-1518
                          FIXED                               FIXED                               FIXED
17NOR1




                          MOBILE except aeronautical mobile   MOBILE 5.343                        MOBILE

                          5.341 5.342                         5.341 5.344                         5.341
                          1518-1525                           1518-1525                           1518-1525
                          FIXED                               FIXED                               FIXED
                          MOBILE except aeronautical mobile   MOBILE 5.343                        MOBILE
                          MOBILE-SATELLITE (space-to-Earth)   MOBILE-SATELLITE (space-to-Earth)   MOBILE-SATELLITE (space-to-Earth)
                            5.348 5.348A 5.348B 5.351A          5.348 5.348A 5.348B 5.351A          5.348 5.348A 5.348B 5.351A

                          5.341 5.342                         5.341 5.344                         5.341                                5.341 US84 US343




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 71727
ER17NO15.000</GPH>


                                           71728            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           BILLING CODE 6712–01–C                                  conspicuous, and readily legible,                     rules will be updated accordingly pursuant to
                                                                                                   consistent with the dimensions of the                 a future public notice.
                                           United States (US) Footnotes
                                                                                                   advertisement or description.                         *     *     *    *      *
                                           *     *    *     *   *                                    (3) If such persons have Web sites
                                             US84 In the band 1435–1525 MHz,                                                                               Spectrum Act. Title VI of the Middle
                                                                                                   pertaining to these unlicensed wireless               Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of
                                           low power auxiliary stations may be
                                                                                                   microphones, the consumer disclosure                  2012 (Pub. L. 112–96).
                                           authorized on a secondary basis, subject
                                                                                                   text must be displayed there in a clear,
                                           to the terms and conditions set forth in                                                                      *     *     *    *      *
                                                                                                   conspicuous, and readily legible manner
                                           47 CFR part 74, subpart H.                                                                                    ■ 8. Section 74.802 is amended by
                                                                                                   (even in the event such persons do not
                                           *     *    *     *   *                                  sell unlicensed wireless microphones                  revising paragraphs (a) and (b)(2) to read
                                                                                                   directly to the public).                              as follows:
                                           PART 15—RADIO FREQUENCY
                                                                                                     (4) The consumer disclosure text                    § 74.802   Frequency assignment.
                                           DEVICES
                                                                                                   described in paragraph (k)(1) of this                    (a)(1) Frequencies within the
                                           ■ 3. The authority citation for part 15                 section is set forth as an appendix to                following bands may be assigned for use
                                           continues to read as follows:                           this section.                                         by low power auxiliary stations:
                                             Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302, 303, 304,              *     *     *      *     *                            26.100–26.480 MHz
                                           307, 336, 554a and 549.                                 § 15.216    [Removed and Reserved]
                                                                                                                                                         54.000–72.000 MHz
                                           ■ 4. Section 15.37 is amended by adding                                                                       76.000–88.000 MHz
                                                                                                   ■ 5. Section 15.216 is removed and                    161.625–161.775 MHz (except in Puerto
                                           reserved paragraphs (i) and (j) and                     reserved.                                                   Rico or the Virgin Islands)
                                           adding paragraph (k) to read as follows:                                                                      174.000–216.000 MHz
                                           § 15.37 Transition provisions for                       PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO,                           450.000–451.000 MHz
                                           compliance with the rules.                              AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST                          455.000–456.000 MHz
                                                                                                   AND OTHER PROGRAM                                     470.000–488.000 MHz
                                           *       *     *    *    *                                                                                     488.000–494.000 MHz (except Hawaii)
                                              (i) [Reserved]                                       DISTRIBUTION SERVICES
                                                                                                                                                         494.000–608.000 MHz
                                              (j) [Reserved]                                                                                             614.000–698.000 MHz
                                                                                                   ■ 6. The authority citation for part 74
                                              (k) Disclosure requirements for                                                                            941.500–952.000 MHz
                                                                                                   continues to read as follows:
                                           unlicensed wireless microphones                                                                               952.850–956.250 MHz
                                           capable of operating in the 600 MHz                       Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307,
                                                                                                                                                         956.45–959.85 MHz
                                           service band. Any person who                            309, 336, and 554.
                                                                                                                                                         1435–1525 MHz
                                           manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for              ■ 7. Section 74.801 is amended by                     6875.000–6900.000 MHz
                                           sale or lease, unlicensed wireless                      adding in alphabetical order definitions              7100.000–7125.000 MHz
                                           microphones that are capable of                         for ‘‘600 MHz duplex gap,’’ . ‘‘600 MHz                  (2) [Reserved]
                                           operating in the 600 MHz service band,                  guard bands,’’ ‘‘600 MHz service band,’’                 (b) * * *
                                           as defined in this part, three months                   and ‘‘Spectrum Act’’ to read as follows:                 (2) Low power auxiliary stations may
                                           following issuance of the Channel                                                                             operate closer to co-channel TV
                                           Reassignment Public Notice, as defined                  § 74.801    Definitions                               broadcast stations than the distances
                                           in section 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter,                  600 MHz duplex gap. An 11                          specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this
                                           is subject to the following disclosure                  megahertz guard band that separates                   section provided that such operations
                                           requirements:                                           part 27 600 MHz service uplink and                    either—
                                              (1) Such persons must display the                    downlink frequencies, in accordance                      (i) Are coordinated with TV broadcast
                                           consumer disclosure text, as specified                  with the terms and conditions                         stations that could be affected by the
                                           by the Consumer and Governmental                        established in GN Docket No. 12–268,                  low power auxiliary station operation,
                                           Affairs Bureau, at the point of sale or                 pursuant to section 6403 of the                       and coordination is completed prior to
                                           lease of each such unlicensed wireless                  Spectrum Act.                                         operation of the low power auxiliary
                                           microphone. The text must be displayed                     600 MHz guard bands. Designated                    station; or
                                           in a clear, conspicuous, and readily                    frequency bands that prevent                             (ii) Are limited to an indoor location
                                           legible manner. One way to fulfill the                  interference between licensed services                that is not being used for over-the-air
                                           requirement in this section is to display               in the 600 MHz service band and either                television viewing, and the following
                                           the consumer disclosure text in a                       the television bands or channel 37, in                conditions are met with respect to the
                                           prominent manner on the product box                     accordance with the terms and                         TV channel used: The TV signal falls
                                           by using a label (either printed onto the               conditions established in GN Docket No.               below a threshold of ¥84 dBm over the
                                           box or otherwise affixed to the box), a                 12–268, pursuant to section 6403 of the               entire channel; the signal is scanned
                                           sticker, or other means. Another way to                 Spectrum Act.                                         across the full 6 megahertz channel
                                           fulfill this requirement is to display the                 600 MHz service band. Frequencies                  where the wireless microphones would
                                           text immediately adjacent to each                       that will be reallocated and reassigned               be operated; and to the extent that
                                           unlicensed wireless microphone offered                  for 600 MHz band services as                          directional antennas are used, they are
                                           for sale or lease and clearly associated                determined by the outcome of the                      rotated to the place of maximum signal.
                                           with the model to which it pertains.                    auction conducted pursuant to part 27,                *       *     *    *     *
                                              (2) If such persons offer such                       in accordance with the terms and                      ■ 9. Section 74.803 is amended by
                                           unlicensed wireless microphones via                     conditions established in GN Docket No.               adding paragraphs (c) and (d) to read as
                                           direct mail, catalog, or electronic means,              12–268, pursuant to section 6403 of the
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                                                                                                                         follows:
                                           they shall prominently display the                      Spectrum Act
                                           consumer disclosure text in close                         Note to definitions of 600 MHz duplex
                                                                                                                                                         § 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid
                                           proximity to the images and                                                                                   interference.
                                                                                                   gap, 600 MHz guard bands, and 600 MHz
                                           descriptions of each such unlicensed                    service band: The specific frequencies will           *     *     *     *   *
                                           wireless microphone. The text should                    be determined in light of further proceedings           (c) In the 941.500–952.000 MHz,
                                           be in a size large enough to be clear,                  pursuant to GN Docket No. 12–268 and the              952.850–956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00048   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                       71729

                                           MHz, 6875.000–6900.000 MHz, and                         power auxiliary stations operating in the             for low power auxiliary stations or
                                           7100.000–7125.000 MHz bands low                         941.5–952 MHz, 952.850–956.250 MHz,                   wireless video assist devices that are
                                           power auxiliary station usage is                        956.45–959.85 MHz, 6875–6900 MHz,                     capable of operating in the 600 MHz
                                           secondary to other uses (e.g. Aural                     and 7100–7125 MHz bands may, in                       service band or the 600 MHz guard
                                           Broadcast Auxiliary, Television                         addition, transmit synchronizing signals              bands, or for low power auxiliary
                                           Broadcast Auxiliary, Cable Relay                        and various control signals to portable               stations that are capable of operating in
                                           Service, Fixed Point to Point                           or hand-carried TV cameras which                      the 600 MHz duplex gap unless the
                                           Microwave) and must not cause harmful                   employ low power radio signals in lieu                operations are limited to the four
                                           interference. Applicants are responsible                of cable to deliver picture signals to the            megahertz segment from one to five
                                           for selecting the frequency assignments                 control point at the scene of a remote                megahertz above the lower edge of the
                                           that are least likely to result in mutual               broadcast.                                            600 MHz duplex gap.
                                           interference with other licensees in the                ■ 11. Section 74.832 is amended by                      (j) Eighteen months after the release of
                                           same area. Applicants must consult                      revising paragraphs (a)(6) and (d) to read            the Commission’s Channel
                                           local frequency coordination                            as follows:                                           Reassignment Public Notice issued
                                           committees, where they exist, for                                                                             pursuant to Expanding the Economic
                                           information on frequencies available in                 § 74.832 Licensing requirements and                   and Innovation Opportunities of
                                           the area. In selecting frequencies,                     procedures.                                           Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
                                           consideration should be given to the                       (a) * * *                                          Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12–
                                           relative location of receive points,                       (6) Licensees and conditional                      268, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014), no person
                                           normal transmission paths, and the                      licensees of stations in the Broadband                shall manufacture, import, sell, lease,
                                           nature of the contemplated operation.                   Radio Service as defined in section                   offer for sale or lease, or ship low power
                                             (d) In the 1435–1525 MHz band, low                    27.1200 of this chapter, or entities that             auxiliary stations or wireless video
                                           power auxiliary stations (LPAS) are                     hold an executed lease agreement with                 assist devices that are capable of
                                           limited to operations at specific fixed                 a Broadband Radio Service or                          operating in the 600 MHz service band
                                           locations that have been coordinated                    Educational Broadband Service                         or the 600 MHz guard bands, or low
                                           with the frequency coordinator for                      licensee.                                             power auxiliary stations that are capable
                                           aeronautical mobile telemetry, the                      *      *     *     *     *                            of operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap
                                           Aerospace and Flight Test Radio                            (d) Cable television operations,                   unless the operations are limited to the
                                           Coordinating Committee. LPAS devices                    motion picture and television program                 four megahertz segment from one to five
                                           must complete authentication and                        producers, large venue owners or                      megahertz above the lower edge of the
                                           location verification before operation                  operators, and professional sound                     600 MHz duplex gap. This prohibition
                                           begins, employ software-based controls                  companies may be authorized to operate                does not apply to devices manufactured
                                           or similar functionality to prevent                     low power auxiliary stations in the                   solely for export.
                                           devices in the band from operating                      bands allocated for TV broadcasting, the                (k) Eighteen months after the release
                                           except in the specific channels,                        941.500–952.000 MHz band, the                         of the Commission’s Channel
                                           locations, and time periods that have                   952.850–956.250 MHz band, the                         Reassignment Public Notice issued
                                           been coordinated, and be capable of                     956.45–959.85 MHz band, the 1435–                     pursuant to Expanding the Economic
                                           being tuned to any frequency in the                     1525 MHz band, the 6875–6900 MHz                      and Innovation Opportunities of
                                           band. Use is limited to situations where                band, and the 7100–7125 MHz band. In                  Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
                                           there is a need to deploy large numbers                 the 6875–6900 MHz and 7100–7125                       Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12–
                                           of LPAS for specified time periods, and                 MHz bands, entities eligible to hold                  268, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014), any
                                           use of other available spectrum                         licenses for cable television relay                   person who manufactures, sells, leases,
                                           resources is insufficient to meet the                   service stations (see section 78.13 of this           or offers for sale or lease low power
                                           LPAS licensee’s needs at the specific                   chapter) shall also be eligible to hold               auxiliary stations or wireless video
                                           location. All LPAS devices operating in                 licenses for low power auxiliary                      assist devices that are destined for non-
                                           a particular area in the band may have                  stations.                                             U.S. markets and that are capable of
                                           access to no more than 30 megahertz of                                                                        operating in the 600 MHz service band
                                                                                                   *      *     *     *     *                            or the 600 MHz guard bands, or low
                                           spectrum in the band at a given time.
                                                                                                   ■ 12. Section 74.851 is amended by                    power auxiliary stations that are capable
                                           ■ 10. Section 74.831 is revised to read
                                                                                                   revising the section heading and                      of operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap
                                           as follows:
                                                                                                   paragraph (i) and adding paragraphs (j),              unless such operations are limited to the
                                           § 74.831 Scope of service and permissible               (k), and (l) to read as follows:                      four megahertz segment from one to five
                                           transmissions.                                                                                                megahertz above the lower edge of the
                                                                                                   § 74.851 Certification of equipment;
                                             The license for a low power auxiliary                 prohibition on manufacture, import, sale,             600 MHz duplex gap, shall include
                                           station authorizes the transmission of                  lease, offer for sale or lease, or shipment of        labeling and make clear in all sales,
                                           cues and orders to production personnel                 devices that operate in the 700 MHz Band              marketing, and packaging materials,
                                           and participants in broadcast programs,                 or the 600 MHz Band; labeling for 700 MHz             including online materials, relating to
                                           motion pictures, and major events or                    or 600 MHz band equipment destined for                such devices that the devices cannot be
                                           productions and in the preparation                      non-U.S. markets; disclosures.                        operated in the United States.
                                           therefor, the transmission of program                   *     *     *     *     *                               (l) Disclosure requirements for low
                                           material by means of a wireless                           (i) Nine months after the release of the            power auxiliary station and wireless
                                           microphone worn by a performer and                      Commission’s Channel Reassignment                     video assist devices capable of operating
                                           other participants in a program, motion                 Public Notice issued pursuant to                      in the 600 MHz service band. Any
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                           picture, or major event or production                   Expanding the Economic and                            person who manufactures, sells, leases,
                                           during rehearsal and during the actual                  Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum                  or offers for sale or lease low power
                                           broadcast, filming, recording, or event                 Through Incentive Auctions, Report and                auxiliary stations or wireless video
                                           or production, or the transmission of                   Order, GN Docket No. 12–268, 29 FCC                   assist devices that are capable of
                                           comments, interviews, and reports from                  Rcd 6567 (2014), applications for                     operating in the 600 MHz service band
                                           the scene of a remote broadcast. Low                    certification shall no longer be accepted             three months following issuance of the


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00049   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                           71730            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                           Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as                  milliwatts. Licensees may accept the                     (iv) For the 944–952 MHz band, the
                                           defined in section 73.3700(a)(2) of this                manufacturer’s power rating; however,                 requirements of this paragraph (d)(4)
                                           chapter, is subject to the following                    it is the licensee’s responsibility to                shall not apply to the applications for
                                           disclosure requirements:                                observe specified power limits.                       certification of equipment for that band
                                              (1) Such persons must display the                       (2) If a low power auxiliary station               until nine months after release of the
                                           consumer disclosure text, as specified                  employs amplitude modulation,                         Commission’s Channel Reassignment
                                           by the Consumer and Governmental                        modulation shall not exceed 100                       Public Notice, as defined in section
                                           Affairs Bureau, at the point of sale or                 percent on positive or negative peaks.                73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
                                           lease of each such low power auxiliary                     (3) For the 26.1–26.480 MHz,                          (e) * * *
                                           station or wireless video assist device.                161.625–161.775 MHz, 450–451 MHz,                        (1) * * *
                                           The text must be displayed in a clear,                  and 455–456 MHz bands, the occupied                      (i) 54–72, 76–88, and 174–216 MHz
                                           conspicuous, and readily legible                        bandwidth shall not be greater than that              bands: 50 mW EIRP
                                           manner. One way to fulfill the                          necessary for satisfactory transmission                  (ii) 470–608 and 614–698: 250 mW
                                           requirement in this section is to display               and, in any event, an emission                        conducted power
                                           the consumer disclosure text in a                       appearing on any discrete frequency                   *       *    *    *      *
                                           prominent manner on the product box                     outside the authorized band shall be                     (7) Analog emissions within the band
                                           by using a label (either printed onto the               attenuated, at least, 43+10 log10 (mean               from one megahertz below to one
                                           box or otherwise affixed to the box), a                 output power, in watts) dB below the                  megahertz above the carrier frequency
                                           sticker, or other means. Another way to                 mean output power of the transmitting                 shall comply with the emission mask in
                                           fulfill this requirement is to display the              unit. The requirements of this paragraph              Section 8.3.1.2 of the European
                                           text immediately adjacent to each low                   shall also apply to the applications for              Telecommunications Institute Standard
                                           power auxiliary station or wireless                     certification of equipment for the 944–               ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08).
                                           video assist device offered for sale or                 952 MHz band until nine months after                  Digital emissions within the band from
                                           lease and clearly associated with the                   release of the Commission’s Channel                   one megahertz below to one megahertz
                                           model to which it pertains.                             Reassignment Public Notice, as defined                above the carrier frequency shall
                                              (2) If such persons offer such low                   in section 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.             comply with the emission mask in
                                                                                                      (4)(i) For the 941.5–952 MHz,
                                           power auxiliary stations or wireless                                                                          Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the
                                                                                                   952.850–956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85
                                           video assist device via direct mail,                                                                          European Telecommunications Institute
                                                                                                   MHz, 1435–1525 MHz, 6875–6900 MHz
                                           catalog, or electronic means, they shall                                                                      Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2
                                                                                                   and 7100–7125 MHz bands, analog
                                           prominently display the consumer                                                                              (2011–08). Beyond one megahertz below
                                                                                                   emissions within the band from one
                                           disclosure text in close proximity to the                                                                     and above the carrier frequency,
                                                                                                   megahertz below to one megahertz
                                           images and descriptions of each such                                                                          emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB
                                                                                                   above the carrier frequency shall
                                           low power auxiliary station or wireless                                                                       below the level of the unmodulated
                                                                                                   comply with the emission mask in
                                           video assist device. The text should be                                                                       carrier. The requirements of this
                                                                                                   Section 8.3.1.2 of the European
                                           in a size large enough to be clear,                     Telecommunications Institute Standard                 paragraph (e)(7) shall not apply to
                                           conspicuous, and readily legible,                       ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08),.                  applications for certification of
                                           consistent with the dimensions of the                   Beyond one megahertz below and above                  equipment in these bands until nine
                                           advertisement or description.                           the carrier frequency, emissions shall be             months after release of the
                                              (3) If such persons have Web sites                   attenuated 90 dB below the level of the               Commission’s Channel Reassignment
                                           pertaining to these low power auxiliary                 unmodulated carrier.                                  Public Notice, as defined in
                                           stations or wireless video assist devices,                 (ii) For the 941.5–952 MHz, 952.850–               § 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
                                           the consumer disclosure text must be                    956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85 MHz, and                   *       *    *    *      *
                                           displayed there in a clear, conspicuous,                1435–1525 MHz bands, digital                             (i) The materials listed in this section
                                           and readily legible manner (even in the                 emissions within the band from one                    are incorporated by reference in this
                                           event such persons do not sell low                      megahertz below to one megahertz                      part. These incorporations by reference
                                           power auxiliary stations or wireless                    above the carrier frequency shall                     were approved by the Director of the
                                           video assist devices directly to the                    comply with the emission mask in                      Federal Register in accordance with 5
                                           public).                                                Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the                     U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These
                                              (4) The consumer disclosure text                     European Telecommunications Institute                 materials are incorporated as they exist
                                           described in paragraph (l)(1) of this                   Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2                     on the date of the approval, and notice
                                           section is set forth as an appendix to                  (2011–08. Beyond one megahertz below                  of any change in these materials will be
                                           this section.                                           and above the carrier frequency,                      published in the Federal Register. All
                                           *      *      *     *    *                              emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB                   approved material is available for
                                           ■ 13. Section 74.861 is amended by                      below the level of the unmodulated                    inspection at the Federal
                                           revising paragraphs (d)(1) through (3),                 carrier.                                              Communications Commission, 445 12th
                                           adding paragraph (d)(4), revising                          (iii) In the 6875–6900 MHz and 7100–               St. SW., Reference Information Center,
                                           (e)(1)(i) and (ii), and adding paragraphs               7125 MHz bands, digital emissions                     Room CY–A257, Washington, DC 20554,
                                           (e)(7) and (i) to read as follows:                      within the band from one megahertz                    (202) 418–0270 and is available from the
                                                                                                   below to one megahertz above the                      sources below. It is also available for
                                           § 74.861   Technical requirements.                      carrier frequency shall comply with the               inspection at the National Archives and
                                           *      *     *    *     *                               emission mask in Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure              Records Administration (NARA). For
                                              (d) * * *                                            5) of the European Telecommunications                 information on the availability of this
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                              (1) For all bands except the 1435–                   Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1                  material at NARA, call (202) 741–6030,
                                           1525 MHz band, the maximum                              v1.4.2 (2011–08). Beyond one megahertz                or go to: http://www.archives.gov/
                                           transmitter power which will be                         below and above the carrier frequency,                federal_register/code_of_federal_
                                           authorized is 1 watt. In the 1435–1525                  emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB                   regulations/ibr_locations.html.
                                           MHz band, the maximum transmitter                       below the level of the unmodulated                       (1) European Telecommunications
                                           power which will be authorized is 250                   carrier.                                              Standards Institute, 650 Route des


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00050   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1


                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                      71731

                                           Lucioles, 06921 Sophia Antipolis                           171.105                                            FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
                                           Cedex, France. A copy of the standard                      171.845                                            COMMISSION
                                           is also available at http://www.etsi.org/                  171.875
                                           deliver/etsi_en/300400_300499/                                                                                47 CFR Parts 27 and 73
                                                                                                      171.905
                                           30042201/01.03.02_60/en_                                                                                      [GN Docket No. 12–268; ET Docket Nos.
                                           30042201v010302p.pdf.                                      (1) On center frequencies 169.475
                                                                                                                                                         13–26 and 14–14; FCC 15–141]
                                              (i) ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–                  MHz, 170.275 MHz, 171.075 MHz, and
                                           08): ‘‘Electromagnetic compatibility and                171.875 MHz, the emission bandwidth                   Expanding the Economic and
                                           Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless                  shall not exceed 200 kHz. On the other                Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
                                           microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz                      center frequencies listed in this                     Through Incentive Auctions
                                           frequency range; Part 1: Technical                      paragraph (b), the emission bandwidth
                                           characteristics and methods of                          shall not exceed 54 kHz.                              AGENCY:  Federal Communications
                                           measurement,’’ Copyright 2011, IBR                      *       *    *     *     *                            Commission.
                                           approved for section 15.236(g).                            (3) For emissions with a bandwidth                 ACTION: Final rule.
                                              (ii) [Reserved]                                      not exceeding 54 kHz, the frequency                   SUMMARY:   This document resolves the
                                              (2) [Reserved].                                      stability of wireless microphones shall               remaining technical issues affecting the
                                                                                                   limit the total emission to within ±32.5              operation of new 600 MHz wireless
                                           PART 87—AVIATION SERVICES                               kHz of the assigned frequency.                        licensees and broadcast television
                                           ■ 14. The authority citation for part 87                Emissions with a bandwidth exceeding                  stations in areas where they operate on
                                           continues to read as follows:                           54 kHz shall comply with the emission                 the same or adjacent channels in
                                                                                                   mask in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300                    geographic proximity. Specifically, the
                                             Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303 and 307(e),             422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08).
                                           unless otherwise noted.                                                                                       Commission adopted the methodology
                                                                                                   *       *    *     *     *                            and the regulatory framework for the
                                           ■ 15. Section 87.303 is amended by                         (f) The materials listed in this section           protection of both wireless services and
                                           revising paragraph (d)(1) to read as                    are incorporated by reference in this                 broadcasting in the post-auction
                                           follows:                                                part. These incorporations by reference               environment that it proposed in October
                                           § 87.303   Frequencies                                  were approved by the Director of the                  2014. The Commission affirms its
                                           *     *     *    *    *                                 Federal Register in accordance with 5                 decision regarding the methodology to
                                             (d)(1) Frequencies in the band 1435–                  U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These                be used during the incentive auction to
                                           1525 MHz are also available for low                     materials are incorporated as they exist              predict inter-service interference
                                           power auxiliary station use on a                        on the date of the approval, and notice               between broadcasting and wireless
                                           secondary basis.                                        of any change in these materials will be              services. The Commission also affirmed
                                                                                                   published in the Federal Register. All                its decision declining to adopt a cap on
                                           *     *     *    *    *                                 approved material is available for                    the aggregate amount of new
                                           PART 90—PRIVATE LAND MOBILE                             inspection at the Federal                             interference a broadcast television
                                           RADIO SERVICES                                          Communications Commission, 445 12th                   station may receive from other
                                                                                                   St. SW., Reference Information Center,                television stations in the repacking
                                           ■ 16. The authority citation for part 90                Room CY–A257, Washington, DC 20554,                   process.
                                           continues to read as follows:                           (202) 418–0270 and is available from the              DATES:  Effective December 17, 2015,
                                                                                                   sources below. It is also available for               except for the amendments to
                                             Authority: Sections 4(i), 11, 303(g), 303(r),
                                           and 332(c)(7) of the Communications Act of              inspection at the National Archives and               §§ 27.1310 and 73.3700(b)(1)(iv)(B),
                                           1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 161,                Records Administration (NARA). For                    which contain new or modified
                                           303(g), 303(r), and 332(c)(7), and Title VI of          information on the availability of this               information collection requirements
                                           the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation            material at NARA, call (202) 741–6030,                subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
                                           Act of 2012, Pub. L. 112–96, 126 Stat. 156.             or go to: http://www.archives.gov/                    of 1995, Public Law 104–13, that are not
                                           ■  17. Section 90.265 is amended by                     federal_register/code_of_federal_                     effective until approved by the Office of
                                           revising paragraph (b) introductory text                regulations/ibr_locations.html.                       Management and Budget (OMB). The
                                           and (b)(1) and (3) and adding paragraph                    (1) European Telecommunications                    Commission will publish a document in
                                           (f) to read as follows:                                 Standards Institute, 650 Route des                    the Federal Register announcing the
                                                                                                   Lucioles, 06921 Sophia Antipolis                      effective date once OMB approves.
                                           § 90.265 Assignment and use of                          Cedex, France. A copy of the standard
                                           frequencies in the bands allocated for                                                                        ADDRESSES: Federal Communications
                                                                                                   is also available at http://www.etsi.org/             Commission, 445 12th Street SW.,
                                           Federal use.
                                                                                                   deliver/etsi_en/300400_300499/                        Washington, DC 20554.
                                           *     *     *    *     *                                30042201/01.03.02_60/en_
                                             (b) The following frequencies are                                                                           FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                                                                   30042201v010302p.pdf.
                                           available for wireless microphone                                                                             Aspasia Paroutsas, 202–418–7285,
                                                                                                      (i) ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–                Aspasia.Paroutsas@fcc.gov, Office of
                                           operations to eligibles in this part,                   08): ‘‘Electromagnetic compatibility and
                                           subject to the provisions of this                                                                             Engineering and Technology.
                                                                                                   Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
                                           paragraph:                                                                                                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a
                                                                                                   microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
                                           Frequencies (MHz)                                       frequency range; Part 1: Technical                    summary of the Commission’s Third
                                             169.445                                               characteristics and methods of                        Report and Order and First
                                                                                                                                                         Reconsideration Order, GN Docket No.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                             169.475                                               measurement,’’ Copyright 2011, IBR
                                             169.505                                               approved for section 15.236(g).                       12–268; ET Docket Nos. 13–26 and No.
                                             170.245                                                                                                     14–14, FCC 15–141, adopted October
                                                                                                      (ii) [Reserved]                                    21, 2015 and released October 26, 2015.
                                             170.275
                                             170.305                                                  (2) [Reserved]                                     The full text of this document is
                                             171.045                                               [FR Doc. 2015–28778 Filed 11–16–15; 8:45 am]          available for inspection and copying
                                             171.075                                               BILLING CODE 6712–01–P                                during normal business hours in the


                                      VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:32 Nov 16, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00051   Fmt 4700   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM   17NOR1



Document Created: 2015-12-14 14:00:54
Document Modified: 2015-12-14 14:00:54
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionRules and Regulations
ActionFinal rule.
DatesEffective December 17, 2015, except for the amendments to Sec. Sec. 15.37(k) and 74.851(l), which contain new or modified information collection requirements that require approval by the OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). The Commission will publish a document in the Federal Register announcing the effective date of the amendments when OMB approves. The incorporation by reference listed in the rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of December 17, 2015.
ContactPaul Murray, Office of Engineering and Technology, (202) 418-0688, email: [email protected], TTY (202) 418- 2989.
FR Citation80 FR 71702 
CFR Citation47 CFR 15
47 CFR 2
47 CFR 74
47 CFR 87
47 CFR 90
CFR AssociatedCommunications Equipment; Incorporation by Reference; Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements; Communication Equipment and Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements; Communication Equipment; Education; Report and Recordkeeping Requirements and Commination Equipment and Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements

2024 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR